1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 /// 10 /// \file 11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions. 12 /// 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 16 #include "TreeTransform.h" 17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" 38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" 39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 41 using namespace clang; 42 using namespace sema; 43 44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting 45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as 46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the 47 /// name of the corresponding type. 48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 49 SourceLocation NameLoc, 50 IdentifierInfo &Name) { 51 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 52 53 // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type. 54 QualType Type; 55 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 56 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 57 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 58 Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0); 59 break; 60 61 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 62 // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a 63 // typename type for it. 64 assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name"); 65 Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(), 66 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 67 break; 68 69 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 70 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 71 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 72 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 73 llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor"); 74 } 75 76 // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the 77 // final identifier in the qualified-id. 78 return CreateParsedType(Type, 79 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc)); 80 } 81 82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 83 IdentifierInfo &II, 84 SourceLocation NameLoc, 85 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 86 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 87 bool EnteringContext) { 88 // Determine where to perform name lookup. 89 90 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current 91 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the 92 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in 93 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name 94 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g., 95 // this appears to be ill-formed: 96 // 97 // namespace N { 98 // template <typename T> struct S { 99 // ~S(); 100 // }; 101 // } 102 // 103 // void f(N::S<int>* s) { 104 // s->N::S<int>::~S(); 105 // } 106 // 107 // See also PR6358 and PR6359. 108 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this 109 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec. 110 QualType SearchType; 111 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 112 bool isDependent = false; 113 bool LookInScope = false; 114 115 if (SS.isInvalid()) 116 return nullptr; 117 118 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a 119 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and 120 // we know what type we're looking for. 121 if (ObjectTypePtr) 122 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr); 123 124 if (SS.isSet()) { 125 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 126 127 bool AlreadySearched = false; 128 bool LookAtPrefix = true; 129 // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6: 130 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier, 131 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the 132 // nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form: 133 // 134 // nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name 135 // 136 // the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first. 137 // 138 // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the 139 // prefix of the nested-name-specifier. 140 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 141 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) { 142 AlreadySearched = true; 143 LookupCtx = DC; 144 isDependent = false; 145 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 146 LookAtPrefix = false; 147 LookInScope = true; 148 } 149 150 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above. 151 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr; 152 if (AlreadySearched) { 153 // Nothing left to do. 154 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) { 155 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS; 156 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data())); 157 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext); 158 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS); 159 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 160 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 161 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 162 } else { 163 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 164 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext(); 165 } 166 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 167 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 168 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 169 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T 170 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is 171 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the 172 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly 173 // cv-qualified) T. 174 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 175 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 176 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) && 177 "Caller should have completed object type"); 178 179 LookInScope = true; 180 } else { 181 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only). 182 LookInScope = true; 183 } 184 185 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr; 186 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 187 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) { 188 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we 189 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if 190 // we're allowed to look there). 191 Found.clear(); 192 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) 193 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx); 194 else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) 195 LookupName(Found, S); 196 else 197 continue; 198 199 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here? 200 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 201 return nullptr; 202 203 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { 204 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 205 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 206 207 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() || 208 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) { 209 // We found our type! 210 211 return CreateParsedType(T, 212 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc)); 213 } 214 215 if (!SearchType.isNull()) 216 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type; 217 } 218 219 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is 220 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the 221 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then 222 // this is the destructor for that class. 223 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core 224 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction. 225 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) { 226 QualType MemberOfType; 227 if (SS.isSet()) { 228 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) { 229 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one. 230 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 231 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 232 } 233 } 234 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 235 MemberOfType = SearchType; 236 237 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 238 continue; 239 240 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the 241 // class template we found is the same as the template being 242 // specialized, we found what we are looking for. 243 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 244 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 245 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) { 246 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() == 247 Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 248 return CreateParsedType( 249 MemberOfType, 250 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 251 } 252 253 continue; 254 } 255 256 // We're referring to an unresolved class template 257 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found 258 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't 259 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least 260 // has the same name. 261 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType 262 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 263 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName(); 264 265 // The class template we found is the same template being 266 // specialized. 267 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 268 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 269 return CreateParsedType( 270 MemberOfType, 271 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 272 273 continue; 274 } 275 276 // The class template we found has the same name as the 277 // (dependent) template name being specialized. 278 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate 279 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) { 280 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() && 281 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier()) 282 return CreateParsedType( 283 MemberOfType, 284 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 285 286 continue; 287 } 288 } 289 } 290 } 291 292 if (isDependent) { 293 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent 294 // anyway. 295 296 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier? 297 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), 298 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 299 II, NameLoc); 300 return ParsedType::make(T); 301 } 302 303 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) { 304 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl); 305 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 306 << T << SearchType; 307 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here) 308 << T; 309 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) 310 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type) 311 << &II; 312 else { 313 SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc, 314 diag::err_destructor_class_name); 315 if (S) { 316 const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); 317 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 318 DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 319 Class->getNameAsString()); 320 } 321 } 322 323 return nullptr; 324 } 325 326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) { 327 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType) 328 return nullptr; 329 assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype 330 && "only get destructor types from declspecs"); 331 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 332 QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType); 333 if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) { 334 return ParsedType::make(T); 335 } 336 337 Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 338 << T << SearchType; 339 return nullptr; 340 } 341 342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 343 const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 344 assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId); 345 346 if (!SS.isValid()) 347 return false; 348 349 switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) { 350 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 351 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 352 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 353 // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at 354 // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything. 355 // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the 356 // case where the scope is dependent. 357 Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace) 358 << SS.getScopeRep(); 359 return true; 360 361 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 362 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 363 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 364 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 365 return false; 366 } 367 368 llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind"); 369 } 370 371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand. 372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 373 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 374 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 375 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 376 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 377 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id 378 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored. 379 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class 380 // type, the class shall be completely-defined. 381 Qualifiers Quals; 382 QualType T 383 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(), 384 Quals); 385 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() && 386 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 387 return ExprError(); 388 389 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) 390 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T); 391 392 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 393 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 394 } 395 396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand. 397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 398 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 399 Expr *E, 400 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 401 bool WasEvaluated = false; 402 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) { 403 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 404 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 405 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 406 E = result.get(); 407 } 408 409 QualType T = E->getType(); 410 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 411 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl()); 412 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 413 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class 414 // shall be completely-defined. 415 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 416 return ExprError(); 417 418 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 419 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a 420 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated 421 // operand. [...] 422 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) { 423 // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context 424 // and recheck the subexpression. 425 ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); 426 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 427 E = Result.get(); 428 429 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time. 430 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD); 431 WasEvaluated = true; 432 } 433 } 434 435 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 436 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly 437 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a 438 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced 439 // type. 440 Qualifiers Quals; 441 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals); 442 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) { 443 T = UnqualT; 444 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get(); 445 } 446 } 447 448 if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 449 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) 450 << E->getType()); 451 else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 452 E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) { 453 // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression 454 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 455 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated 456 ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid 457 : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 458 } 459 460 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 461 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 462 } 463 464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression); 465 ExprResult 466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 467 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 468 // Find the std::type_info type. 469 if (!getStdNamespace()) 470 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 471 472 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) { 473 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info"); 474 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 475 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace()); 476 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 477 // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global 478 // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153. 479 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) { 480 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 481 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 482 } 483 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) 484 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 485 } 486 487 if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) { 488 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti)); 489 } 490 491 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl); 492 493 if (isType) { 494 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 495 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 496 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 497 &TInfo); 498 if (T.isNull()) 499 return ExprError(); 500 501 if (!TInfo) 502 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 503 504 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 505 } 506 507 // The operand is an expression. 508 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 509 } 510 511 /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to 512 /// a single GUID. 513 static void 514 getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT, 515 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) { 516 // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection. 517 const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr(); 518 if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType()) 519 Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); 520 else if (QT->isArrayType()) 521 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 522 523 const auto *TD = Ty->getAsTagDecl(); 524 if (!TD) 525 return; 526 527 if (const auto *Uuid = TD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) { 528 UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid); 529 return; 530 } 531 532 // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments. 533 if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(TD)) { 534 const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs(); 535 for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) { 536 const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr; 537 if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type) 538 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs); 539 else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) 540 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs); 541 542 if (UuidForTA) 543 UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA); 544 } 545 } 546 } 547 548 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand. 549 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 550 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 551 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 552 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 553 StringRef UuidStr; 554 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) { 555 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 556 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs); 557 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 558 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 559 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 560 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 561 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 562 } 563 564 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr, 565 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 566 } 567 568 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand. 569 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 570 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 571 Expr *E, 572 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 573 StringRef UuidStr; 574 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) { 575 if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 576 UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"; 577 } else { 578 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 579 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs); 580 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 581 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 582 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 583 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 584 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 585 } 586 } 587 588 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr, 589 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 590 } 591 592 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression); 593 ExprResult 594 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 595 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 596 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup. 597 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) { 598 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID"); 599 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 600 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 601 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 602 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) 603 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof)); 604 } 605 606 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl); 607 608 if (isType) { 609 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 610 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 611 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 612 &TInfo); 613 if (T.isNull()) 614 return ExprError(); 615 616 if (!TInfo) 617 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 618 619 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 620 } 621 622 // The operand is an expression. 623 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 624 } 625 626 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 627 ExprResult 628 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { 629 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) && 630 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!"); 631 return new (Context) 632 CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc); 633 } 634 635 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 636 ExprResult 637 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) { 638 return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc); 639 } 640 641 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 642 ExprResult 643 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) { 644 bool IsThrownVarInScope = false; 645 if (Ex) { 646 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 647 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 648 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 649 // 650 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 651 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch- 652 // clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 653 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 654 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 655 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 656 // exception object 657 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens())) 658 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { 659 if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { 660 for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) { 661 if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) { 662 IsThrownVarInScope = true; 663 break; 664 } 665 666 if (S->getFlags() & 667 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope | 668 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope | 669 Scope::TryScope)) 670 break; 671 } 672 } 673 } 674 } 675 676 return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 677 } 678 679 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 680 bool IsThrownVarInScope) { 681 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers. 682 if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && 683 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc)) 684 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw"; 685 686 // Exceptions aren't allowed in CUDA device code. 687 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 688 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(OpLoc, diag::err_cuda_device_exceptions) 689 << "throw" << CurrentCUDATarget(); 690 691 if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope()) 692 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw"; 693 694 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) { 695 QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType()); 696 if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex)) 697 return ExprError(); 698 699 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out 700 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors. 701 702 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 703 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 704 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 705 // 706 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 707 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or 708 // catch-clause 709 // parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 710 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 711 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 712 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 713 // exception object 714 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr; 715 if (IsThrownVarInScope) 716 NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false); 717 718 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException( 719 OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 720 /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr); 721 ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 722 Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 723 if (Res.isInvalid()) 724 return ExprError(); 725 Ex = Res.get(); 726 } 727 728 return new (Context) 729 CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope); 730 } 731 732 static void 733 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD, 734 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen, 735 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases, 736 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen, 737 bool ParentIsPublic) { 738 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) { 739 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 740 bool NewSubobject; 741 // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject. Non-virtual bases are 742 // always distinct subobjects. 743 if (BS.isVirtual()) 744 NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second; 745 else 746 NewSubobject = true; 747 748 if (NewSubobject) 749 ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl]; 750 751 // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain. 752 bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public; 753 if (PublicPath) 754 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl); 755 756 // Recurse on to each base subobject. 757 collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 758 PublicPath); 759 } 760 } 761 762 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects( 763 CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) { 764 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen; 765 llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases; 766 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen; 767 SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1; 768 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD); 769 collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 770 /*ParentIsPublic=*/true); 771 772 for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) { 773 // Skip ambiguous objects. 774 if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1) 775 continue; 776 777 Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject); 778 } 779 } 780 781 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw. 782 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, 783 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) { 784 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer 785 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed. 786 QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy; 787 bool isPointer = false; 788 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { 789 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 790 isPointer = true; 791 } 792 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) { 793 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty, 794 isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr 795 : diag::err_throw_incomplete, 796 E->getSourceRange())) 797 return true; 798 799 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 800 diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E)) 801 return true; 802 } 803 804 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling. 805 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 806 if (!RD) 807 return false; 808 809 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof, 810 // exception handling will make use of the vtable. 811 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD); 812 813 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed. 814 if (isPointer) 815 return false; 816 817 // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it. 818 if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) { 819 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) { 820 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 821 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 822 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty); 823 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 824 return true; 825 } 826 } 827 828 // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception 829 // object. This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call 830 // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor. 831 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 832 // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within 833 // the exception object. Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise 834 // inaccessible are not catchable types. 835 llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects; 836 getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects); 837 838 for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) { 839 // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor. Various pieces of machinery 840 // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this 841 // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls. Instead, we must perform 842 // lookup and overload resolution. 843 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0); 844 if (!CD) 845 continue; 846 847 // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression. 848 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD); 849 850 // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it 851 // in the catchable type data. 852 if (CD->isTrivial()) 853 continue; 854 855 // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class 856 // type to this constructor. 857 // N.B. The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this 858 // particular throw-site. Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to 859 // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via 860 // friendship or any other means). 861 Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD); 862 863 // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so 864 // we must rebuild them here. 865 for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { 866 if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I))) 867 return true; 868 } 869 } 870 } 871 872 return false; 873 } 874 875 static QualType adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda( 876 ArrayRef<FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopes, QualType ThisTy, 877 DeclContext *CurSemaContext, ASTContext &ASTCtx) { 878 879 QualType ClassType = ThisTy->getPointeeType(); 880 LambdaScopeInfo *CurLSI = nullptr; 881 DeclContext *CurDC = CurSemaContext; 882 883 // Iterate through the stack of lambdas starting from the innermost lambda to 884 // the outermost lambda, checking if '*this' is ever captured by copy - since 885 // that could change the cv-qualifiers of the '*this' object. 886 // The object referred to by '*this' starts out with the cv-qualifiers of its 887 // member function. We then start with the innermost lambda and iterate 888 // outward checking to see if any lambda performs a by-copy capture of '*this' 889 // - and if so, any nested lambda must respect the 'constness' of that 890 // capturing lamdbda's call operator. 891 // 892 893 // The issue is that we cannot rely entirely on the FunctionScopeInfo stack 894 // since ScopeInfos are pushed on during parsing and treetransforming. But 895 // since a generic lambda's call operator can be instantiated anywhere (even 896 // end of the TU) we need to be able to examine its enclosing lambdas and so 897 // we use the DeclContext to get a hold of the closure-class and query it for 898 // capture information. The reason we don't just resort to always using the 899 // DeclContext chain is that it is only mature for lambda expressions 900 // enclosing generic lambda's call operators that are being instantiated. 901 902 for (int I = FunctionScopes.size(); 903 I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]); 904 CurDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurDC)) { 905 CurLSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]); 906 907 if (!CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured()) 908 continue; 909 910 auto C = CurLSI->getCXXThisCapture(); 911 912 if (C.isCopyCapture()) { 913 ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 914 if (CurLSI->CallOperator->isConst()) 915 ClassType.addConst(); 916 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 917 } 918 } 919 // We've run out of ScopeInfos but check if CurDC is a lambda (which can 920 // happen during instantiation of generic lambdas) 921 if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurDC)) { 922 assert(CurLSI); 923 assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator)); 924 assert(CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator)); 925 926 auto IsThisCaptured = 927 [](CXXRecordDecl *Closure, bool &IsByCopy, bool &IsConst) { 928 IsConst = false; 929 IsByCopy = false; 930 for (auto &&C : Closure->captures()) { 931 if (C.capturesThis()) { 932 if (C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis) 933 IsByCopy = true; 934 if (Closure->getLambdaCallOperator()->isConst()) 935 IsConst = true; 936 return true; 937 } 938 } 939 return false; 940 }; 941 942 bool IsByCopyCapture = false; 943 bool IsConstCapture = false; 944 CXXRecordDecl *Closure = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurDC->getParent()); 945 while (Closure && 946 IsThisCaptured(Closure, IsByCopyCapture, IsConstCapture)) { 947 if (IsByCopyCapture) { 948 ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 949 if (IsConstCapture) 950 ClassType.addConst(); 951 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 952 } 953 Closure = isLambdaCallOperator(Closure->getParent()) 954 ? cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Closure->getParent()->getParent()) 955 : nullptr; 956 } 957 } 958 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 959 } 960 961 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() { 962 DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 963 QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride; 964 965 if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { 966 if (method && method->isInstance()) 967 ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context); 968 } 969 970 if (ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext) && 971 !ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 972 973 assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && 974 "Trying to get 'this' type from static method?"); 975 976 // This is a lambda call operator that is being instantiated as a default 977 // initializer. DC must point to the enclosing class type, so we can recover 978 // the 'this' type from it. 979 980 QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)); 981 // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers, 982 // per [expr.prim.general]p4. 983 ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy); 984 } 985 986 // If we are within a lambda's call operator, the cv-qualifiers of 'this' 987 // might need to be adjusted if the lambda or any of its enclosing lambda's 988 // captures '*this' by copy. 989 if (!ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext)) 990 return adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(FunctionScopes, ThisTy, 991 CurContext, Context); 992 return ThisTy; 993 } 994 995 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, 996 Decl *ContextDecl, 997 unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 998 bool Enabled) 999 : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false) 1000 { 1001 if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl) 1002 return; 1003 1004 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 1005 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl)) 1006 Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl(); 1007 else 1008 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl); 1009 1010 // We care only for CVR qualifiers here, so cut everything else. 1011 CXXThisTypeQuals &= Qualifiers::FastMask; 1012 S.CXXThisTypeOverride 1013 = S.Context.getPointerType( 1014 S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals)); 1015 1016 this->Enabled = true; 1017 } 1018 1019 1020 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() { 1021 if (Enabled) { 1022 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 1023 } 1024 } 1025 1026 static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD, 1027 QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc, 1028 const bool ByCopy) { 1029 1030 QualType AdjustedThisTy = ThisTy; 1031 // The type of the corresponding data member (not a 'this' pointer if 'by 1032 // copy'). 1033 QualType CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy; 1034 if (ByCopy) { 1035 // If we are capturing the object referred to by '*this' by copy, ignore any 1036 // cv qualifiers inherited from the type of the member function for the type 1037 // of the closure-type's corresponding data member and any use of 'this'. 1038 CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy->getPointeeType(); 1039 CaptureThisFieldTy.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 1040 AdjustedThisTy = Context.getPointerType(CaptureThisFieldTy); 1041 } 1042 1043 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create( 1044 Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, 1045 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc), nullptr, false, 1046 ICIS_NoInit); 1047 1048 Field->setImplicit(true); 1049 Field->setAccess(AS_private); 1050 RD->addDecl(Field); 1051 Expr *This = 1052 new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/ true); 1053 if (ByCopy) { 1054 Expr *StarThis = S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc, 1055 UO_Deref, 1056 This).get(); 1057 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture( 1058 nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc); 1059 InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc); 1060 InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 1061 ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 1062 if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr; 1063 return ER.get(); 1064 } 1065 return This; 1066 } 1067 1068 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit, 1069 bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt, 1070 const bool ByCopy) { 1071 // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context. 1072 if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit) 1073 return true; 1074 1075 assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value"); 1076 1077 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ? 1078 *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; 1079 1080 // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this') 1081 // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at 1082 // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack. 1083 1084 // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a 1085 // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation: 1086 // [*this] { ... }. 1087 // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference 1088 // capture. 1089 1090 // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes 1091 // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if: 1092 // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object* 1093 // - or, 'L' has an implicit capture. 1094 // AND 1095 // -- there is no enclosing closure 1096 // -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the 1097 // *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E' 1098 // and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*. 1099 // -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the 1100 // *enclosing object* 1101 1102 1103 unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0; 1104 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) { 1105 if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = 1106 dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) { 1107 if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) { 1108 // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do. 1109 break; 1110 } 1111 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); 1112 if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) { 1113 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1114 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1115 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1116 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1117 return true; 1118 } 1119 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref || 1120 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval || 1121 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block || 1122 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion || 1123 (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) { 1124 // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first 1125 // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures, 1126 // if any, must perform implicit captures. 1127 1128 // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards. 1129 NumCapturingClosures++; 1130 continue; 1131 } 1132 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1133 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1134 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1135 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1136 return true; 1137 } 1138 break; 1139 } 1140 if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false; 1141 1142 // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the 1143 // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it 1144 // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures). 1145 1146 // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting 1147 // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below). Ignore it for 1148 // all enclosing closure's up to NumCapturingClosures (since they must be 1149 // implicitly capturing the *enclosing object* by reference (see loop 1150 // above)). 1151 assert((!ByCopy || 1152 dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) && 1153 "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by " 1154 "*this) by copy"); 1155 // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated 1156 // contexts. 1157 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1158 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures; 1159 --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) { 1160 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]); 1161 Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr; 1162 1163 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) { 1164 // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression, 1165 // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first 1166 // iteration. 1167 ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc, 1168 ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1169 1170 } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI 1171 = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) 1172 ThisExpr = 1173 captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc, 1174 false/*ByCopy*/); 1175 1176 bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1; 1177 CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisExpr, ByCopy); 1178 } 1179 return false; 1180 } 1181 1182 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) { 1183 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this 1184 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for 1185 /// which the function is called. 1186 1187 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1188 if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use); 1189 1190 CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc); 1191 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false); 1192 } 1193 1194 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) { 1195 // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified 1196 // type for 'this'. 1197 if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull()) 1198 return false; 1199 1200 // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being 1201 // defined. 1202 CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 1203 return Class && Class->isBeingDefined(); 1204 } 1205 1206 ExprResult 1207 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 1208 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1209 MultiExprArg exprs, 1210 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1211 if (!TypeRep) 1212 return ExprError(); 1213 1214 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 1215 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo); 1216 if (!TInfo) 1217 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation()); 1218 1219 // Handle errors like: int({0}) 1220 if (exprs.size() == 1 && !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(Ty) && 1221 LParenLoc.isValid() && RParenLoc.isValid()) 1222 if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(exprs[0])) { 1223 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens) 1224 << Ty << IList->getSourceRange() 1225 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LParenLoc) 1226 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc); 1227 LParenLoc = RParenLoc = SourceLocation(); 1228 } 1229 1230 auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc); 1231 // Avoid creating a non-type-dependent expression that contains typos. 1232 // Non-type-dependent expressions are liable to be discarded without 1233 // checking for embedded typos. 1234 if (!Result.isInvalid() && Result.get()->isInstantiationDependent() && 1235 !Result.get()->isTypeDependent()) 1236 Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Result.get()); 1237 return Result; 1238 } 1239 1240 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 1241 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 1242 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 1243 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 1244 ExprResult 1245 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1246 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1247 MultiExprArg Exprs, 1248 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1249 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); 1250 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 1251 1252 if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) { 1253 return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs, 1254 RParenLoc); 1255 } 1256 1257 bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid(); 1258 assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) 1259 && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression."); 1260 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, 1261 ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc); 1262 1263 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1: 1264 // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion 1265 // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the 1266 // corresponding cast expression. 1267 if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) { 1268 Expr *Arg = Exprs[0]; 1269 return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc); 1270 } 1271 1272 // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a 1273 // simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete 1274 // object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue 1275 // of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing 1276 // an object of type T. 1277 QualType ElemTy = Ty; 1278 if (Ty->isArrayType()) { 1279 if (!ListInitialization) 1280 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, 1281 diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange); 1282 ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty); 1283 } 1284 1285 if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType()) 1286 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type) 1287 << FullRange); 1288 1289 if (!Ty->isVoidType() && 1290 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy, 1291 diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange)) 1292 return ExprError(); 1293 1294 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo); 1295 InitializationKind Kind = 1296 Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization 1297 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc) 1298 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc) 1299 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1300 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1301 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1302 1303 if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization) 1304 return Result; 1305 1306 Expr *Inner = Result.get(); 1307 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner)) 1308 Inner = BTE->getSubExpr(); 1309 if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) { 1310 // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the 1311 // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent 1312 // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here. 1313 // 1314 // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr 1315 // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a 1316 // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast 1317 // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not. 1318 QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType(); 1319 Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create( 1320 Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo, 1321 CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1322 } 1323 1324 return Result; 1325 } 1326 1327 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement 1328 /// deallocation function. 1329 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 1330 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 1331 return false; 1332 1333 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 1334 return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(); 1335 1336 if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete && 1337 FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete) 1338 return false; 1339 1340 unsigned UsualParams = 1; 1341 1342 if (S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() && 1343 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( 1344 FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(), 1345 S.Context.getSizeType())) 1346 ++UsualParams; 1347 1348 if (S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() && 1349 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( 1350 FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(), 1351 S.Context.getTypeDeclType(S.getStdAlignValT()))) 1352 ++UsualParams; 1353 1354 return UsualParams == FD->getNumParams(); 1355 } 1356 1357 namespace { 1358 struct UsualDeallocFnInfo { 1359 UsualDeallocFnInfo() : Found(), FD(nullptr) {} 1360 UsualDeallocFnInfo(Sema &S, DeclAccessPair Found) 1361 : Found(Found), FD(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())), 1362 HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false), CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) { 1363 // A function template declaration is never a usual deallocation function. 1364 if (!FD) 1365 return; 1366 if (FD->getNumParams() == 3) 1367 HasAlignValT = HasSizeT = true; 1368 else if (FD->getNumParams() == 2) { 1369 HasSizeT = FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isIntegerType(); 1370 HasAlignValT = !HasSizeT; 1371 } 1372 1373 // In CUDA, determine how much we'd like / dislike to call this. 1374 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA) 1375 if (auto *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) 1376 CUDAPref = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD); 1377 } 1378 1379 operator bool() const { return FD; } 1380 1381 bool isBetterThan(const UsualDeallocFnInfo &Other, bool WantSize, 1382 bool WantAlign) const { 1383 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: 1384 // If the type has new-extended alignment, a function with a parameter 1385 // of type std::align_val_t is preferred; otherwise a function without 1386 // such a parameter is preferred 1387 if (HasAlignValT != Other.HasAlignValT) 1388 return HasAlignValT == WantAlign; 1389 1390 if (HasSizeT != Other.HasSizeT) 1391 return HasSizeT == WantSize; 1392 1393 // Use CUDA call preference as a tiebreaker. 1394 return CUDAPref > Other.CUDAPref; 1395 } 1396 1397 DeclAccessPair Found; 1398 FunctionDecl *FD; 1399 bool HasSizeT, HasAlignValT; 1400 Sema::CUDAFunctionPreference CUDAPref; 1401 }; 1402 } 1403 1404 /// Determine whether a type has new-extended alignment. This may be called when 1405 /// the type is incomplete (for a delete-expression with an incomplete pointee 1406 /// type), in which case it will conservatively return false if the alignment is 1407 /// not known. 1408 static bool hasNewExtendedAlignment(Sema &S, QualType AllocType) { 1409 return S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && 1410 S.getASTContext().getTypeAlignIfKnown(AllocType) > 1411 S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getNewAlign(); 1412 } 1413 1414 /// Select the correct "usual" deallocation function to use from a selection of 1415 /// deallocation functions (either global or class-scope). 1416 static UsualDeallocFnInfo resolveDeallocationOverload( 1417 Sema &S, LookupResult &R, bool WantSize, bool WantAlign, 1418 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<UsualDeallocFnInfo> *BestFns = nullptr) { 1419 UsualDeallocFnInfo Best; 1420 1421 for (auto I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) { 1422 UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(S, I.getPair()); 1423 if (!Info || !isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(S, Info.FD) || 1424 Info.CUDAPref == Sema::CFP_Never) 1425 continue; 1426 1427 if (!Best) { 1428 Best = Info; 1429 if (BestFns) 1430 BestFns->push_back(Info); 1431 continue; 1432 } 1433 1434 if (Best.isBetterThan(Info, WantSize, WantAlign)) 1435 continue; 1436 1437 // If more than one preferred function is found, all non-preferred 1438 // functions are eliminated from further consideration. 1439 if (BestFns && Info.isBetterThan(Best, WantSize, WantAlign)) 1440 BestFns->clear(); 1441 1442 Best = Info; 1443 if (BestFns) 1444 BestFns->push_back(Info); 1445 } 1446 1447 return Best; 1448 } 1449 1450 /// Determine whether a given type is a class for which 'delete[]' would call 1451 /// a member 'operator delete[]' with a 'size_t' parameter. This implies that 1452 /// we need to store the array size (even if the type is 1453 /// trivially-destructible). 1454 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, 1455 QualType allocType) { 1456 const RecordType *record = 1457 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>(); 1458 if (!record) return false; 1459 1460 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope. 1461 1462 DeclarationName deleteName = 1463 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete); 1464 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 1465 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl()); 1466 1467 // We're just doing this for information. 1468 ops.suppressDiagnostics(); 1469 1470 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[]. 1471 if (ops.empty()) return false; 1472 1473 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[] 1474 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not. 1475 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false; 1476 1477 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: 1478 // If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a 1479 // parameter of type std::size_t is selected. 1480 auto Best = resolveDeallocationOverload( 1481 S, ops, /*WantSize*/false, 1482 /*WantAlign*/hasNewExtendedAlignment(S, allocType)); 1483 return Best && Best.HasSizeT; 1484 } 1485 1486 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4). 1487 /// 1488 /// E.g.: 1489 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode 1490 /// or 1491 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode 1492 /// 1493 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression. 1494 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'. 1495 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments. 1496 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments. 1497 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments. 1498 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range. 1499 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions. 1500 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null 1501 /// if there is none. 1502 ExprResult 1503 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 1504 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1505 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1506 Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) { 1507 Expr *ArraySize = nullptr; 1508 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression. 1509 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 && 1510 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) { 1511 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0); 1512 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) 1513 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto) 1514 << D.getSourceRange()); 1515 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic) 1516 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new) 1517 << D.getSourceRange()); 1518 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts) 1519 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size) 1520 << D.getSourceRange()); 1521 1522 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts); 1523 D.DropFirstTypeObject(); 1524 } 1525 1526 // Every dimension shall be of constant size. 1527 if (ArraySize) { 1528 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) { 1529 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array) 1530 break; 1531 1532 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr; 1533 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) { 1534 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) { 1535 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1536 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator 1537 // shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t 1538 // and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value. 1539 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 1540 assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1541 llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth); 1542 Array.NumElts 1543 = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value, 1544 CCEK_NewExpr) 1545 .get(); 1546 } else { 1547 Array.NumElts 1548 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr, 1549 diag::err_new_array_nonconst) 1550 .get(); 1551 } 1552 if (!Array.NumElts) 1553 return ExprError(); 1554 } 1555 } 1556 } 1557 } 1558 1559 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr); 1560 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType(); 1561 if (D.isInvalidType()) 1562 return ExprError(); 1563 1564 SourceRange DirectInitRange; 1565 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1566 DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange(); 1567 // Handle errors like: new int a({0}) 1568 if (List->getNumExprs() == 1 && 1569 !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(AllocType)) 1570 if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(List->getExpr(0))) { 1571 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens) 1572 << AllocType << List->getSourceRange() 1573 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(List->getLocStart()) 1574 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(List->getLocEnd()); 1575 DirectInitRange = SourceRange(); 1576 Initializer = IList; 1577 } 1578 } 1579 1580 return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal, 1581 PlacementLParen, 1582 PlacementArgs, 1583 PlacementRParen, 1584 TypeIdParens, 1585 AllocType, 1586 TInfo, 1587 ArraySize, 1588 DirectInitRange, 1589 Initializer); 1590 } 1591 1592 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style, 1593 Expr *Init) { 1594 if (!Init) 1595 return true; 1596 if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 1597 return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0; 1598 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) 1599 return true; 1600 else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 1601 return !CCE->isListInitialization() && 1602 CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor(); 1603 else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) { 1604 assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 1605 "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays."); 1606 return true; 1607 } 1608 return false; 1609 } 1610 1611 ExprResult 1612 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 1613 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 1614 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1615 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 1616 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1617 QualType AllocType, 1618 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 1619 Expr *ArraySize, 1620 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 1621 Expr *Initializer) { 1622 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 1623 SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin(); 1624 1625 CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle; 1626 if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) { 1627 assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer."); 1628 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit; 1629 } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) 1630 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit; 1631 else { 1632 assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) || 1633 isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) && 1634 "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created."); 1635 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit; 1636 } 1637 1638 Expr **Inits = &Initializer; 1639 unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0; 1640 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1641 assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init"); 1642 Inits = List->getExprs(); 1643 NumInits = List->getNumExprs(); 1644 } 1645 1646 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 1647 if (AllocType->isUndeducedType()) { 1648 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0) 1649 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg) 1650 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1651 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit || 1652 (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0]))) 1653 return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1654 diag::err_auto_new_list_init) 1655 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1656 if (NumInits > 1) { 1657 Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1]; 1658 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(), 1659 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions) 1660 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1661 } 1662 Expr *Deduce = Inits[0]; 1663 QualType DeducedType; 1664 if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) 1665 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure) 1666 << AllocType << Deduce->getType() 1667 << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange()); 1668 if (DeducedType.isNull()) 1669 return ExprError(); 1670 AllocType = DeducedType; 1671 } 1672 1673 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a 1674 // typedef of an array type. 1675 if (!ArraySize) { 1676 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array 1677 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) { 1678 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(), 1679 Context.getSizeType(), 1680 TypeRange.getEnd()); 1681 AllocType = Array->getElementType(); 1682 } 1683 } 1684 1685 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange)) 1686 return ExprError(); 1687 1688 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit && 1689 isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) { 1690 Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 1691 diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list) 1692 << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange(); 1693 } 1694 1695 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated 1696 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 1697 AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1698 AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 1699 AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType, 1700 AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime()); 1701 } 1702 1703 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType); 1704 1705 if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { 1706 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize); 1707 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 1708 ArraySize = result.get(); 1709 } 1710 // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have 1711 // integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value." 1712 // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped 1713 // enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit 1714 // conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists. 1715 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to 1716 // std::size_t. 1717 llvm::Optional<uint64_t> KnownArraySize; 1718 if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) { 1719 ExprResult ConvertedSize; 1720 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1721 assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1722 1723 ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(), 1724 AA_Converting); 1725 1726 if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() && 1727 ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 1728 // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion. 1729 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion) 1730 << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'"; 1731 } else { 1732 class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1733 protected: 1734 Expr *ArraySize; 1735 1736 public: 1737 SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize) 1738 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false), 1739 ArraySize(ArraySize) {} 1740 1741 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1742 QualType T) override { 1743 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral) 1744 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T; 1745 } 1746 1747 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( 1748 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1749 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type) 1750 << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1751 } 1752 1753 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 1754 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { 1755 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 1756 } 1757 1758 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( 1759 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1760 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1761 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1762 } 1763 1764 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( 1765 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1766 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T; 1767 } 1768 1769 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( 1770 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1771 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1772 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1773 } 1774 1775 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1776 QualType T, 1777 QualType ConvTy) override { 1778 return S.Diag(Loc, 1779 S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 1780 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion 1781 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion) 1782 << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1783 } 1784 } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize); 1785 1786 ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize, 1787 SizeDiagnoser); 1788 } 1789 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid()) 1790 return ExprError(); 1791 1792 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get(); 1793 QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType(); 1794 1795 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) 1796 return ExprError(); 1797 1798 // C++98 [expr.new]p7: 1799 // The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type 1800 // with a non-negative value. 1801 // 1802 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand, 1803 // per CWG1464. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an 1804 // unparenthesized array type. 1805 if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) { 1806 llvm::APSInt Value; 1807 // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or 1808 // unscoped enumeration type. 1809 // FIXME: Per CWG1464, we are required to check the value prior to 1810 // converting to size_t. This will never find a negative array size in 1811 // C++14 onwards, because Value is always unsigned here! 1812 if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) { 1813 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 1814 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1815 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size) 1816 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1817 } 1818 1819 if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) { 1820 unsigned ActiveSizeBits = 1821 ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value); 1822 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) 1823 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1824 diag::err_array_too_large) 1825 << Value.toString(10) 1826 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1827 } 1828 1829 KnownArraySize = Value.getZExtValue(); 1830 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) { 1831 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses. 1832 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst) 1833 << ArraySize->getSourceRange() 1834 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin()) 1835 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd()); 1836 1837 TypeIdParens = SourceRange(); 1838 } 1839 } 1840 1841 // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can 1842 // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever. 1843 } 1844 1845 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr; 1846 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1847 unsigned Alignment = 1848 AllocType->isDependentType() ? 0 : Context.getTypeAlign(AllocType); 1849 unsigned NewAlignment = Context.getTargetInfo().getNewAlign(); 1850 bool PassAlignment = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && 1851 Alignment > NewAlignment; 1852 1853 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1854 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) && 1855 FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc, 1856 SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen), 1857 UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PassAlignment, 1858 PlacementArgs, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete)) 1859 return ExprError(); 1860 1861 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array 1862 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter. 1863 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 1864 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType()) 1865 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 1866 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType); 1867 1868 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs; 1869 if (OperatorNew) { 1870 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 1871 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1872 VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction 1873 : VariadicDoesNotApply; 1874 1875 // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default 1876 // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding 1877 // argument. Skip the second parameter too if we're passing in the 1878 // alignment; we've already filled it in. 1879 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1880 PassAlignment ? 2 : 1, PlacementArgs, 1881 AllPlaceArgs, CallType)) 1882 return ExprError(); 1883 1884 if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty()) 1885 PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs; 1886 1887 // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument. 1888 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs); 1889 1890 // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent 1891 1892 // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by (unaligned) 1893 // global operator new. 1894 if (PlacementArgs.empty() && !PassAlignment && 1895 (OperatorNew->isImplicit() || 1896 (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() && 1897 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) { 1898 if (Alignment > NewAlignment) 1899 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type) 1900 << AllocType 1901 << unsigned(Alignment / Context.getCharWidth()) 1902 << unsigned(NewAlignment / Context.getCharWidth()); 1903 } 1904 } 1905 1906 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses. 1907 // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the 1908 // dialect distinction. 1909 if (ArraySize && !isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) { 1910 SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1911 Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd()); 1912 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange; 1913 return ExprError(); 1914 } 1915 1916 // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so, 1917 // do it now. 1918 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1919 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments( 1920 llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) { 1921 // The type we initialize is the complete type, including the array bound. 1922 QualType InitType; 1923 if (KnownArraySize) 1924 InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType( 1925 AllocType, llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), 1926 *KnownArraySize), 1927 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1928 else if (ArraySize) 1929 InitType = 1930 Context.getIncompleteArrayType(AllocType, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1931 else 1932 InitType = AllocType; 1933 1934 // C++11 [expr.new]p15: 1935 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that 1936 // object as follows: 1937 InitializationKind Kind 1938 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default- 1939 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed, 1940 // the object has indeterminate value 1941 = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit 1942 ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1943 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the 1944 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization. 1945 : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit 1946 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1947 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(), 1948 DirectInitRange.getBegin(), 1949 DirectInitRange.getEnd()); 1950 1951 InitializedEntity Entity 1952 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType); 1953 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 1954 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1955 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 1956 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1957 if (FullInit.isInvalid()) 1958 return ExprError(); 1959 1960 // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because 1961 // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed. 1962 // FIXME: We should not create these in the first place. 1963 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder = 1964 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get())) 1965 FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr(); 1966 1967 Initializer = FullInit.get(); 1968 } 1969 1970 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced. 1971 if (OperatorNew) { 1972 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc)) 1973 return ExprError(); 1974 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew); 1975 } 1976 if (OperatorDelete) { 1977 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc)) 1978 return ExprError(); 1979 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 1980 } 1981 1982 // C++0x [expr.new]p17: 1983 // If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type, 1984 // access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor. 1985 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1986 if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) { 1987 if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1988 if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor( 1989 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) { 1990 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor); 1991 CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor, 1992 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) 1993 << BaseAllocType); 1994 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc)) 1995 return ExprError(); 1996 } 1997 } 1998 } 1999 2000 return new (Context) 2001 CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, PassAlignment, 2002 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, 2003 ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, 2004 Range, DirectInitRange); 2005 } 2006 2007 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type 2008 /// in a new-expression. 2009 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 2010 SourceRange R) { 2011 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an 2012 // abstract class type or array thereof. 2013 if (AllocType->isFunctionType()) 2014 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 2015 << AllocType << 0 << R; 2016 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType()) 2017 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 2018 << AllocType << 1 << R; 2019 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 2020 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R)) 2021 return true; 2022 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType, 2023 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 2024 return true; 2025 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2026 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type) 2027 << AllocType; 2028 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace()) 2029 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new) 2030 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 2031 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { 2032 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) { 2033 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT); 2034 if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 2035 BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) 2036 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership) 2037 << BaseAllocType; 2038 } 2039 } 2040 2041 return false; 2042 } 2043 2044 static bool 2045 resolveAllocationOverload(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range, 2046 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args, bool &PassAlignment, 2047 FunctionDecl *&Operator, 2048 OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates = nullptr, 2049 Expr *AlignArg = nullptr) { 2050 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(), 2051 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); 2052 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2053 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2054 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as 2055 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate. 2056 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2057 2058 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 2059 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(), 2060 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args, 2061 Candidates, 2062 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2063 continue; 2064 } 2065 2066 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 2067 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates, 2068 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2069 } 2070 2071 // Do the resolution. 2072 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 2073 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) { 2074 case OR_Success: { 2075 // Got one! 2076 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; 2077 if (S.CheckAllocationAccess(R.getNameLoc(), Range, R.getNamingClass(), 2078 Best->FoundDecl) == Sema::AR_inaccessible) 2079 return true; 2080 2081 Operator = FnDecl; 2082 return false; 2083 } 2084 2085 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 2086 // C++17 [expr.new]p13: 2087 // If no matching function is found and the allocated object type has 2088 // new-extended alignment, the alignment argument is removed from the 2089 // argument list, and overload resolution is performed again. 2090 if (PassAlignment) { 2091 PassAlignment = false; 2092 AlignArg = Args[1]; 2093 Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1); 2094 return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment, 2095 Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg); 2096 } 2097 2098 // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new 2099 // if operator new[] cannot be found. Also, MSVC will leak by not 2100 // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we 2101 // will not replicate that bug. 2102 // FIXME: Find out how this interacts with the std::align_val_t fallback 2103 // once MSVC implements it. 2104 if (R.getLookupName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New && 2105 S.Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 2106 R.clear(); 2107 R.setLookupName(S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New)); 2108 S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2109 // FIXME: This will give bad diagnostics pointing at the wrong functions. 2110 return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment, 2111 Operator, nullptr); 2112 } 2113 2114 S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 2115 << R.getLookupName() << Range; 2116 2117 // If we have aligned candidates, only note the align_val_t candidates 2118 // from AlignedCandidates and the non-align_val_t candidates from 2119 // Candidates. 2120 if (AlignedCandidates) { 2121 auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) { 2122 return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 && 2123 C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT(); 2124 }; 2125 auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); }; 2126 2127 // This was an overaligned allocation, so list the aligned candidates 2128 // first. 2129 Args.insert(Args.begin() + 1, AlignArg); 2130 AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", 2131 R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned); 2132 Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1); 2133 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", R.getNameLoc(), 2134 IsUnaligned); 2135 } else { 2136 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2137 } 2138 return true; 2139 2140 case OR_Ambiguous: 2141 S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) 2142 << R.getLookupName() << Range; 2143 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args); 2144 return true; 2145 2146 case OR_Deleted: { 2147 S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) 2148 << Best->Function->isDeleted() 2149 << R.getLookupName() 2150 << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) 2151 << Range; 2152 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2153 return true; 2154 } 2155 } 2156 llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction"); 2157 } 2158 2159 2160 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete 2161 /// that are appropriate for the allocation. 2162 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 2163 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, 2164 bool IsArray, bool &PassAlignment, 2165 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 2166 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 2167 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) { 2168 // --- Choosing an allocation function --- 2169 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18 2170 // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look 2171 // in the scope of the allocated class. 2172 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for 2173 // operator new. 2174 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the 2175 // placement form. 2176 2177 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs; 2178 AllocArgs.reserve((PassAlignment ? 2 : 1) + PlaceArgs.size()); 2179 2180 // We don't care about the actual value of these arguments. 2181 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax 2182 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value? 2183 // FIXME: Using a dummy value will interact poorly with attribute enable_if. 2184 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue( 2185 Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)), 2186 Context.getSizeType(), 2187 SourceLocation()); 2188 AllocArgs.push_back(&Size); 2189 2190 QualType AlignValT = Context.VoidTy; 2191 if (PassAlignment) { 2192 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2193 AlignValT = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT()); 2194 } 2195 CXXScalarValueInitExpr Align(AlignValT, nullptr, SourceLocation()); 2196 if (PassAlignment) 2197 AllocArgs.push_back(&Align); 2198 2199 AllocArgs.insert(AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end()); 2200 2201 // C++ [expr.new]p8: 2202 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation 2203 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's 2204 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array 2205 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the 2206 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[]. 2207 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2208 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New); 2209 2210 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 2211 2212 // Find the allocation function. 2213 { 2214 LookupResult R(*this, NewName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2215 2216 // C++1z [expr.new]p9: 2217 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the allocation 2218 // function's name is looked up in the global scope. Otherwise, if the 2219 // allocated type is a class type T or array thereof, the allocation 2220 // function's name is looked up in the scope of T. 2221 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) 2222 LookupQualifiedName(R, AllocElemType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()); 2223 2224 // We can see ambiguity here if the allocation function is found in 2225 // multiple base classes. 2226 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 2227 return true; 2228 2229 // If this lookup fails to find the name, or if the allocated type is not 2230 // a class type, the allocation function's name is looked up in the 2231 // global scope. 2232 if (R.empty()) 2233 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2234 2235 assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found"); 2236 assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous"); 2237 2238 // We do our own custom access checks below. 2239 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 2240 2241 if (resolveAllocationOverload(*this, R, Range, AllocArgs, PassAlignment, 2242 OperatorNew)) 2243 return true; 2244 } 2245 2246 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under -fno-exceptions. 2247 if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) { 2248 OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2249 return false; 2250 } 2251 2252 // Note, the name of OperatorNew might have been changed from array to 2253 // non-array by resolveAllocationOverload. 2254 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2255 OperatorNew->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New 2256 ? OO_Array_Delete 2257 : OO_Delete); 2258 2259 // C++ [expr.new]p19: 2260 // 2261 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the 2262 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global 2263 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an 2264 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in 2265 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if 2266 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the 2267 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope. 2268 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2269 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 2270 CXXRecordDecl *RD 2271 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 2272 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD); 2273 } 2274 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous()) 2275 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions? 2276 2277 bool FoundGlobalDelete = FoundDelete.empty(); 2278 if (FoundDelete.empty()) { 2279 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2280 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2281 } 2282 2283 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics(); 2284 2285 SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches; 2286 2287 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated 2288 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether 2289 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like 2290 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... }; 2291 // A *a = new A() 2292 // 2293 // We don't have any definition for what a "placement allocation function" 2294 // is, but we assume it's any allocation function whose 2295 // parameter-declaration-clause is anything other than (size_t). 2296 // 2297 // FIXME: Should (size_t, std::align_val_t) also be considered non-placement? 2298 // This affects whether an exception from the constructor of an overaligned 2299 // type uses the sized or non-sized form of aligned operator delete. 2300 bool isPlacementNew = !PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1 || 2301 OperatorNew->isVariadic(); 2302 2303 if (isPlacementNew) { 2304 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2305 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the 2306 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the 2307 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations 2308 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are 2309 // identical. [...] 2310 // 2311 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that 2312 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both 2313 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes. 2314 QualType ExpectedFunctionType; 2315 { 2316 const FunctionProtoType *Proto 2317 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2318 2319 SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes; 2320 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy); 2321 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I) 2322 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I)); 2323 2324 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2325 // FIXME: This is not part of the standard's rule. 2326 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic(); 2327 2328 ExpectedFunctionType 2329 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI); 2330 } 2331 2332 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2333 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2334 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2335 FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; 2336 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl = 2337 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) { 2338 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the 2339 // expected function type. 2340 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc); 2341 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, 2342 Info)) 2343 continue; 2344 } else 2345 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()); 2346 2347 if (Context.hasSameType(adjustCCAndNoReturn(Fn->getType(), 2348 ExpectedFunctionType, 2349 /*AdjustExcpetionSpec*/true), 2350 ExpectedFunctionType)) 2351 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 2352 } 2353 2354 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 2355 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2356 } else { 2357 // C++1y [expr.new]p22: 2358 // For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation 2359 // function lookup is used 2360 // 2361 // Per [expr.delete]p10, this lookup prefers a member operator delete 2362 // without a size_t argument, but prefers a non-member operator delete 2363 // with a size_t where possible (which it always is in this case). 2364 llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> BestDeallocFns; 2365 UsualDeallocFnInfo Selected = resolveDeallocationOverload( 2366 *this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/ FoundGlobalDelete, 2367 /*WantAlign*/ hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, AllocElemType), 2368 &BestDeallocFns); 2369 if (Selected) 2370 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Selected.Found, Selected.FD)); 2371 else { 2372 // If we failed to select an operator, all remaining functions are viable 2373 // but ambiguous. 2374 for (auto Fn : BestDeallocFns) 2375 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Fn.Found, Fn.FD)); 2376 } 2377 } 2378 2379 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2380 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation 2381 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no 2382 // deallocation function will be called. 2383 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2384 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second; 2385 2386 // C++1z [expr.new]p23: 2387 // If the lookup finds a usual deallocation function (3.7.4.2) 2388 // with a parameter of type std::size_t and that function, considered 2389 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been 2390 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program 2391 // is ill-formed. 2392 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isPlacementNew && 2393 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) { 2394 UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(*this, 2395 DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public)); 2396 // Core issue, per mail to core reflector, 2016-10-09: 2397 // If this is a member operator delete, and there is a corresponding 2398 // non-sized member operator delete, this isn't /really/ a sized 2399 // deallocation function, it just happens to have a size_t parameter. 2400 bool IsSizedDelete = Info.HasSizeT; 2401 if (IsSizedDelete && !FoundGlobalDelete) { 2402 auto NonSizedDelete = 2403 resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/false, 2404 /*WantAlign*/Info.HasAlignValT); 2405 if (NonSizedDelete && !NonSizedDelete.HasSizeT && 2406 NonSizedDelete.HasAlignValT == Info.HasAlignValT) 2407 IsSizedDelete = false; 2408 } 2409 2410 if (IsSizedDelete) { 2411 SourceRange R = PlaceArgs.empty() 2412 ? SourceRange() 2413 : SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(), 2414 PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd()); 2415 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) << R; 2416 if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit()) 2417 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 2418 << DeleteName; 2419 } 2420 } 2421 2422 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(), 2423 Matches[0].first); 2424 } else if (!Matches.empty()) { 2425 // We found multiple suitable operators. Per [expr.new]p20, that means we 2426 // call no 'operator delete' function, but we should at least warn the user. 2427 // FIXME: Suppress this warning if the construction cannot throw. 2428 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_ambiguous_suitable_delete_function_found) 2429 << DeleteName << AllocElemType; 2430 2431 for (auto &Match : Matches) 2432 Diag(Match.second->getLocation(), 2433 diag::note_member_declared_here) << DeleteName; 2434 } 2435 2436 return false; 2437 } 2438 2439 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and 2440 /// delete. These are: 2441 /// @code 2442 /// // C++03: 2443 /// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2444 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2445 /// void operator delete(void *) throw(); 2446 /// void operator delete[](void *) throw(); 2447 /// // C++11: 2448 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2449 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2450 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2451 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2452 /// // C++1y: 2453 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2454 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2455 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2456 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2457 /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2458 /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2459 /// @endcode 2460 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly 2461 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>. 2462 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() { 2463 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared) 2464 return; 2465 2466 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2: 2467 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are 2468 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a 2469 // program 2470 // 2471 // C++03: 2472 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2473 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2474 // void operator delete(void*) throw(); 2475 // void operator delete[](void*) throw(); 2476 // C++11: 2477 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2478 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2479 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2480 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2481 // C++1y: 2482 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2483 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2484 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2485 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2486 // void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2487 // void operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2488 // 2489 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator 2490 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[]. 2491 // 2492 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare 2493 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification. 2494 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name 2495 // lookup. 2496 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2497 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it 2498 // implicitly. 2499 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class, 2500 getOrCreateStdNamespace(), 2501 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2502 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"), 2503 nullptr); 2504 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true); 2505 } 2506 if (!StdAlignValT && getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation) { 2507 // The "std::align_val_t" enum class has not yet been declared, so build it 2508 // implicitly. 2509 auto *AlignValT = EnumDecl::Create( 2510 Context, getOrCreateStdNamespace(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2511 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("align_val_t"), nullptr, true, true, true); 2512 AlignValT->setIntegerType(Context.getSizeType()); 2513 AlignValT->setPromotionType(Context.getSizeType()); 2514 AlignValT->setImplicit(true); 2515 StdAlignValT = AlignValT; 2516 } 2517 2518 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true; 2519 2520 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 2521 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType(); 2522 2523 auto DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions = [&](OverloadedOperatorKind Kind, 2524 QualType Return, QualType Param) { 2525 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> Params; 2526 Params.push_back(Param); 2527 2528 // Create up to four variants of the function (sized/aligned). 2529 bool HasSizedVariant = getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && 2530 (Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete); 2531 bool HasAlignedVariant = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation; 2532 2533 int NumSizeVariants = (HasSizedVariant ? 2 : 1); 2534 int NumAlignVariants = (HasAlignedVariant ? 2 : 1); 2535 for (int Sized = 0; Sized < NumSizeVariants; ++Sized) { 2536 if (Sized) 2537 Params.push_back(SizeT); 2538 2539 for (int Aligned = 0; Aligned < NumAlignVariants; ++Aligned) { 2540 if (Aligned) 2541 Params.push_back(Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT())); 2542 2543 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2544 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Kind), Return, Params); 2545 2546 if (Aligned) 2547 Params.pop_back(); 2548 } 2549 } 2550 }; 2551 2552 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_New, VoidPtr, SizeT); 2553 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_New, VoidPtr, SizeT); 2554 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2555 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2556 } 2557 2558 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global 2559 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist. 2560 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, 2561 QualType Return, 2562 ArrayRef<QualType> Params) { 2563 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2564 2565 // Check if this function is already declared. 2566 DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name); 2567 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2568 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2569 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined, 2570 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here. 2571 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) { 2572 if (Func->getNumParams() == Params.size()) { 2573 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> FuncParams; 2574 for (auto *P : Func->parameters()) 2575 FuncParams.push_back( 2576 Context.getCanonicalType(P->getType().getUnqualifiedType())); 2577 if (llvm::makeArrayRef(FuncParams) == Params) { 2578 // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in 2579 // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global 2580 // allocation function, or is suppressing that function. 2581 Func->setHidden(false); 2582 return; 2583 } 2584 } 2585 } 2586 } 2587 2588 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2589 2590 QualType BadAllocType; 2591 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec 2592 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 2593 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New); 2594 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) { 2595 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2596 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc()); 2597 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared"); 2598 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic; 2599 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType); 2600 } 2601 } else { 2602 EPI.ExceptionSpec = 2603 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone; 2604 } 2605 2606 auto CreateAllocationFunctionDecl = [&](Attr *ExtraAttr) { 2607 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, Params, EPI); 2608 FunctionDecl *Alloc = FunctionDecl::Create( 2609 Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Name, 2610 FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true); 2611 Alloc->setImplicit(); 2612 2613 // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility. 2614 Alloc->addAttr( 2615 VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, VisibilityAttr::Default)); 2616 2617 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 3> ParamDecls; 2618 for (QualType T : Params) { 2619 ParamDecls.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create( 2620 Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr, T, 2621 /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr)); 2622 ParamDecls.back()->setImplicit(); 2623 } 2624 Alloc->setParams(ParamDecls); 2625 if (ExtraAttr) 2626 Alloc->addAttr(ExtraAttr); 2627 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc); 2628 IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name); 2629 }; 2630 2631 if (!LangOpts.CUDA) 2632 CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(nullptr); 2633 else { 2634 // Host and device get their own declaration so each can be 2635 // defined or re-declared independently. 2636 CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 2637 CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 2638 } 2639 } 2640 2641 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, 2642 bool CanProvideSize, 2643 bool Overaligned, 2644 DeclarationName Name) { 2645 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2646 2647 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2648 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2649 2650 // FIXME: It's possible for this to result in ambiguity, through a 2651 // user-declared variadic operator delete or the enable_if attribute. We 2652 // should probably not consider those cases to be usual deallocation 2653 // functions. But for now we just make an arbitrary choice in that case. 2654 auto Result = resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, CanProvideSize, 2655 Overaligned); 2656 assert(Result.FD && "operator delete missing from global scope?"); 2657 return Result.FD; 2658 } 2659 2660 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, 2661 CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 2662 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete); 2663 2664 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2665 if (FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, RD, Name, OperatorDelete)) 2666 return nullptr; 2667 if (OperatorDelete) 2668 return OperatorDelete; 2669 2670 // If there's no class-specific operator delete, look up the global 2671 // non-array delete. 2672 return FindUsualDeallocationFunction( 2673 Loc, true, hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)), 2674 Name); 2675 } 2676 2677 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 2678 DeclarationName Name, 2679 FunctionDecl *&Operator, bool Diagnose) { 2680 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2681 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope. 2682 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD); 2683 2684 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 2685 return true; 2686 2687 Found.suppressDiagnostics(); 2688 2689 bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)); 2690 2691 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: 2692 // If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a 2693 // parameter of type std::size_t is selected. 2694 llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> Matches; 2695 resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, Found, /*WantSize*/ false, 2696 /*WantAlign*/ Overaligned, &Matches); 2697 2698 // If we could find an overload, use it. 2699 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2700 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0].FD); 2701 2702 // FIXME: DiagnoseUseOfDecl? 2703 if (Operator->isDeleted()) { 2704 if (Diagnose) { 2705 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); 2706 NoteDeletedFunction(Operator); 2707 } 2708 return true; 2709 } 2710 2711 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(), 2712 Matches[0].Found, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2713 return true; 2714 2715 return false; 2716 } 2717 2718 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity. 2719 // FIXME: The standard doesn't say to do this; it appears that the intent 2720 // is that this should never happen. 2721 if (!Matches.empty()) { 2722 if (Diagnose) { 2723 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2724 << Name << RD; 2725 for (auto &Match : Matches) 2726 Diag(Match.FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2727 } 2728 return true; 2729 } 2730 2731 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but 2732 // none of them were suitable. 2733 if (!Found.empty()) { 2734 if (Diagnose) { 2735 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2736 << Name << RD; 2737 2738 for (NamedDecl *D : Found) 2739 Diag(D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2740 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2741 } 2742 return true; 2743 } 2744 2745 Operator = nullptr; 2746 return false; 2747 } 2748 2749 namespace { 2750 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for 2751 /// initializing deletee have the same array form. 2752 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector { 2753 public: 2754 enum MismatchResult { 2755 /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven. 2756 NoMismatch, 2757 /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2758 VarInitMismatches, 2759 /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2760 MemberInitMismatches, 2761 /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been 2762 /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit. 2763 AnalyzeLater 2764 }; 2765 2766 /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of 2767 /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point 2768 /// delete-expression was encountered. 2769 explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU) 2770 : Field(nullptr), IsArrayForm(false), EndOfTU(EndOfTU), 2771 HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {} 2772 2773 /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with 2774 /// matching form of new-expression. 2775 /// 2776 /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the 2777 /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be 2778 /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where 2779 /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of 2780 /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor 2781 /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member 2782 /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch. 2783 MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); 2784 /// \brief Analyzes a class member. 2785 /// \param Field Class member to analyze. 2786 /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used 2787 /// for deleting the \p Field. 2788 MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm); 2789 FieldDecl *Field; 2790 /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee 2791 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs; 2792 /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form. 2793 bool IsArrayForm; 2794 2795 private: 2796 const bool EndOfTU; 2797 /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body. 2798 bool HasUndefinedConstructors; 2799 /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression. 2800 /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression. 2801 /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression. 2802 const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E); 2803 /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of 2804 /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization. 2805 /// 2806 /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation 2807 /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching 2808 /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return 2809 /// \c NoMismatch. 2810 MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME); 2811 /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of 2812 /// \c new. 2813 /// 2814 /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not 2815 /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true. 2816 /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false. 2817 /// \param D Variable to analyze. 2818 bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D); 2819 /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching 2820 /// form of \c new. 2821 /// 2822 /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in 2823 /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the 2824 /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given 2825 /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or 2826 /// member isn't initialized by the constructor. 2827 bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 2828 /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of 2829 /// \c new in member initializer list. 2830 bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI); 2831 /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by 2832 /// in-class initializer. 2833 MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer(); 2834 }; 2835 } 2836 2837 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2838 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2839 NewExprs.clear(); 2840 assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression"); 2841 IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm(); 2842 const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2843 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) { 2844 return analyzeMemberExpr(ME); 2845 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 2846 if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D)) 2847 return VarInitMismatches; 2848 } 2849 return NoMismatch; 2850 } 2851 2852 const CXXNewExpr * 2853 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) { 2854 assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression"); 2855 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2856 if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) { 2857 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 2858 E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 2859 } 2860 2861 return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E); 2862 } 2863 2864 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit( 2865 const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) { 2866 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2867 if (Field == CI->getMember() && 2868 (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) { 2869 if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm) 2870 return true; 2871 else 2872 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2873 } 2874 return false; 2875 } 2876 2877 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor( 2878 const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { 2879 if (CD->isImplicit()) 2880 return false; 2881 const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD; 2882 if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) { 2883 HasUndefinedConstructors = true; 2884 return EndOfTU; 2885 } 2886 for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) { 2887 if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI)) 2888 return true; 2889 } 2890 return false; 2891 } 2892 2893 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2894 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() { 2895 assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members"); 2896 const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer(); 2897 if (!InitExpr) 2898 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2899 if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) { 2900 if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2901 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2902 return MemberInitMismatches; 2903 } 2904 } 2905 return NoMismatch; 2906 } 2907 2908 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2909 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, 2910 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2911 assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member."); 2912 this->Field = Field; 2913 IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm; 2914 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent()); 2915 for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) { 2916 if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD)) 2917 return NoMismatch; 2918 } 2919 if (HasUndefinedConstructors) 2920 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2921 if (!NewExprs.empty()) 2922 return MemberInitMismatches; 2923 return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer() 2924 : NoMismatch; 2925 } 2926 2927 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2928 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) { 2929 assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression"); 2930 if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 2931 return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm); 2932 return NoMismatch; 2933 } 2934 2935 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) { 2936 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2937 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) { 2938 if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) && 2939 NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2940 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2941 } 2942 } 2943 return NewExprs.empty(); 2944 } 2945 2946 static void 2947 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2948 const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) { 2949 SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc); 2950 FixItHint H; 2951 if (!Detector.IsArrayForm) 2952 H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]"); 2953 else { 2954 SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 2955 DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(), 2956 SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true); 2957 if (RSquare.isValid()) 2958 H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare)); 2959 } 2960 SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new) 2961 << Detector.IsArrayForm << H; 2962 2963 for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs) 2964 SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here) 2965 << Detector.IsArrayForm; 2966 } 2967 2968 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2969 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation())) 2970 return; 2971 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false); 2972 switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) { 2973 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2974 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: { 2975 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector); 2976 break; 2977 } 2978 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: { 2979 DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back( 2980 std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm())); 2981 break; 2982 } 2983 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2984 break; 2985 } 2986 } 2987 2988 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2989 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2990 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true); 2991 switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) { 2992 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2993 llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members."); 2994 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: 2995 llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of " 2996 "translation unit."); 2997 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: 2998 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector); 2999 break; 3000 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 3001 break; 3002 } 3003 } 3004 3005 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in: 3006 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode 3007 /// or 3008 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode 3009 ExprResult 3010 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3011 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) { 3012 // C++ [expr.delete]p1: 3013 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single 3014 // non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type 3015 // void. 3016 // 3017 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases. 3018 3019 ExprResult Ex = ExE; 3020 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 3021 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm; 3022 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 3023 3024 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 3025 // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed. 3026 Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get()); 3027 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 3028 return ExprError(); 3029 3030 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 3031 3032 class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 3033 public: 3034 DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {} 3035 3036 bool match(QualType ConvType) override { 3037 // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick 3038 // the operator T*. 3039 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) 3040 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 3041 return true; 3042 return false; 3043 } 3044 3045 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3046 QualType T) override { 3047 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T; 3048 } 3049 3050 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3051 QualType T) override { 3052 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T; 3053 } 3054 3055 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3056 QualType T, 3057 QualType ConvTy) override { 3058 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 3059 } 3060 3061 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 3062 QualType ConvTy) override { 3063 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 3064 << ConvTy; 3065 } 3066 3067 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3068 QualType T) override { 3069 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T; 3070 } 3071 3072 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 3073 QualType ConvTy) override { 3074 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 3075 << ConvTy; 3076 } 3077 3078 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3079 QualType T, 3080 QualType ConvTy) override { 3081 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted"); 3082 } 3083 } Converter; 3084 3085 Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter); 3086 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 3087 return ExprError(); 3088 Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 3089 if (!Converter.match(Type)) 3090 // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError 3091 // itself in this case. 3092 return ExprError(); 3093 3094 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3095 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee); 3096 3097 if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace()) 3098 return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(), 3099 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete) 3100 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 3101 3102 CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr; 3103 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) { 3104 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which 3105 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support 3106 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context. 3107 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand) 3108 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange(); 3109 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) { 3110 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand) 3111 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()); 3112 } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) { 3113 // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a 3114 // module but is hidden. 3115 if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 3116 diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) { 3117 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) 3118 PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 3119 } 3120 } 3121 3122 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) { 3123 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type) 3124 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange() 3125 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]"); 3126 ArrayForm = true; 3127 } 3128 3129 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3130 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 3131 3132 if (PointeeRD) { 3133 if (!UseGlobal && 3134 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName, 3135 OperatorDelete)) 3136 return ExprError(); 3137 3138 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the 3139 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter. 3140 if (ArrayForm) { 3141 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator, 3142 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class. 3143 if (UseGlobal) 3144 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 3145 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem); 3146 3147 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the 3148 // function we just found. 3149 else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete)) 3150 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 3151 UsualDeallocFnInfo(*this, 3152 DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public)) 3153 .HasSizeT; 3154 } 3155 3156 if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) 3157 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 3158 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, 3159 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor)); 3160 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc)) 3161 return ExprError(); 3162 } 3163 3164 CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc, 3165 /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true, 3166 /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm, 3167 SourceLocation()); 3168 } 3169 3170 if (!OperatorDelete) { 3171 bool IsComplete = isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee); 3172 bool CanProvideSize = 3173 IsComplete && (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize || 3174 Pointee.isDestructedType()); 3175 bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Pointee); 3176 3177 // Look for a global declaration. 3178 OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, CanProvideSize, 3179 Overaligned, DeleteName); 3180 } 3181 3182 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 3183 3184 // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor. 3185 if (PointeeRD) { 3186 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 3187 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor, 3188 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem); 3189 } 3190 } 3191 } 3192 3193 CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr( 3194 Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten, 3195 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc); 3196 AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result); 3197 return Result; 3198 } 3199 3200 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, 3201 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, 3202 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, 3203 SourceLocation DtorLoc) { 3204 if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual) 3205 return; 3206 3207 // C++ [expr.delete]p3: 3208 // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the 3209 // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static 3210 // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be 3211 // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the 3212 // behavior is undefined. 3213 // 3214 const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent(); 3215 // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there 3216 if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) 3217 return; 3218 3219 QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType(); 3220 if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) { 3221 // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're 3222 // sure the code has undefined behavior. 3223 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 3224 << ClassType; 3225 } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) { 3226 // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect, 3227 // but not necessarily wrong. 3228 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 3229 << ClassType; 3230 } 3231 if (!IsDelete) { 3232 std::string TypeStr; 3233 ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy()); 3234 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual) 3235 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::"); 3236 } 3237 } 3238 3239 Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar, 3240 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3241 ConditionKind CK) { 3242 ExprResult E = 3243 CheckConditionVariable(cast<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), StmtLoc, CK); 3244 if (E.isInvalid()) 3245 return ConditionError(); 3246 return ConditionResult(*this, ConditionVar, MakeFullExpr(E.get(), StmtLoc), 3247 CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf); 3248 } 3249 3250 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if, 3251 /// while, do-while, or switch statement. 3252 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3253 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3254 ConditionKind CK) { 3255 if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl()) 3256 return ExprError(); 3257 3258 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType(); 3259 3260 // C++ [stmt.select]p2: 3261 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array. 3262 if (T->isFunctionType()) 3263 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3264 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type) 3265 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 3266 else if (T->isArrayType()) 3267 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3268 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type) 3269 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 3270 3271 ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create( 3272 Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar, 3273 /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3274 ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue); 3275 3276 MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get())); 3277 3278 switch (CK) { 3279 case ConditionKind::Boolean: 3280 return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get()); 3281 3282 case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf: 3283 return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get(), true); 3284 3285 case ConditionKind::Switch: 3286 return CheckSwitchCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get()); 3287 } 3288 3289 llvm_unreachable("unexpected condition kind"); 3290 } 3291 3292 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid. 3293 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr) { 3294 // C++ 6.4p4: 3295 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement 3296 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable 3297 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the 3298 // program is ill-formed. 3299 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the 3300 // expression, implicitly converted to bool. 3301 // 3302 // FIXME: Return this value to the caller so they don't need to recompute it. 3303 llvm::APSInt Value(/*BitWidth*/1); 3304 return (IsConstexpr && !CondExpr->isValueDependent()) 3305 ? CheckConvertedConstantExpression(CondExpr, Context.BoolTy, Value, 3306 CCEK_ConstexprIf) 3307 : PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr); 3308 } 3309 3310 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++ 3311 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or 3312 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals, 3313 /// respectively). 3314 bool 3315 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { 3316 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists. 3317 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From)) 3318 From = Cast->getSubExpr(); 3319 3320 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can 3321 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide 3322 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer 3323 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2). 3324 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens())) 3325 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) 3326 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType 3327 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3328 // This conversion is considered only when there is an 3329 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2). 3330 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) { 3331 switch (StrLit->getKind()) { 3332 case StringLiteral::UTF8: 3333 case StringLiteral::UTF16: 3334 case StringLiteral::UTF32: 3335 // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted 3336 break; 3337 case StringLiteral::Ascii: 3338 return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U || 3339 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S); 3340 case StringLiteral::Wide: 3341 return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(), 3342 QualType(ToPointeeType, 0)); 3343 } 3344 } 3345 } 3346 3347 return false; 3348 } 3349 3350 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S, 3351 SourceLocation CastLoc, 3352 QualType Ty, 3353 CastKind Kind, 3354 CXXMethodDecl *Method, 3355 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 3356 bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3357 Expr *From) { 3358 switch (Kind) { 3359 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!"); 3360 case CK_ConstructorConversion: { 3361 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); 3362 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3363 3364 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty, 3365 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 3366 return ExprError(); 3367 3368 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs)) 3369 return ExprError(); 3370 3371 S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, FoundDecl, 3372 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty)); 3373 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3374 return ExprError(); 3375 3376 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3377 CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method), 3378 ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, 3379 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3380 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3381 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3382 return ExprError(); 3383 3384 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>()); 3385 } 3386 3387 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: { 3388 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!"); 3389 3390 S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl); 3391 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3392 return ExprError(); 3393 3394 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it. 3395 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method); 3396 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv, 3397 HadMultipleCandidates); 3398 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3399 return ExprError(); 3400 // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. 3401 Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(), 3402 CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), 3403 nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind()); 3404 3405 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get()); 3406 } 3407 } 3408 } 3409 3410 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3411 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit 3412 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted 3413 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing, 3414 /// used in the error message. 3415 ExprResult 3416 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3417 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, 3418 AssignmentAction Action, 3419 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3420 switch (ICS.getKind()) { 3421 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: { 3422 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard, 3423 Action, CCK); 3424 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3425 return ExprError(); 3426 From = Res.get(); 3427 break; 3428 } 3429 3430 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: { 3431 3432 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction; 3433 CastKind CastKind; 3434 QualType BeforeToType; 3435 assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq"); 3436 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) { 3437 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion; 3438 3439 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function, 3440 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3441 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function. 3442 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent()); 3443 } else { 3444 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD); 3445 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion; 3446 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion. 3447 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3448 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the 3449 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3450 // the type required by the argument of the constructor 3451 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType(); 3452 } 3453 } 3454 // Watch out for ellipsis conversion. 3455 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3456 ExprResult Res = 3457 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType, 3458 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting, 3459 CCK); 3460 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3461 return ExprError(); 3462 From = Res.get(); 3463 } 3464 3465 ExprResult CastArg 3466 = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this, 3467 From->getLocStart(), 3468 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3469 CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), 3470 ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction, 3471 ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, 3472 From); 3473 3474 if (CastArg.isInvalid()) 3475 return ExprError(); 3476 3477 From = CastArg.get(); 3478 3479 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After, 3480 AA_Converting, CCK); 3481 } 3482 3483 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: 3484 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(), 3485 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) 3486 << From->getSourceRange()); 3487 return ExprError(); 3488 3489 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: 3490 llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion"); 3491 3492 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: 3493 bool Diagnosed = 3494 DiagnoseAssignmentResult(Incompatible, From->getExprLoc(), ToType, 3495 From->getType(), From, Action); 3496 assert(Diagnosed && "failed to diagnose bad conversion"); (void)Diagnosed; 3497 return ExprError(); 3498 } 3499 3500 // Everything went well. 3501 return From; 3502 } 3503 3504 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3505 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard 3506 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted 3507 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this 3508 /// conversion, for use in error messages. 3509 ExprResult 3510 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3511 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 3512 AssignmentAction Action, 3513 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3514 bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast); 3515 3516 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too 3517 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more 3518 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially, 3519 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here. 3520 QualType FromType = From->getType(); 3521 3522 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) { 3523 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type? 3524 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType()); 3525 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { 3526 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3527 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor), 3528 From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(), 3529 ConstructorArgs)) 3530 return ExprError(); 3531 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3532 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, 3533 SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3534 ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3535 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3536 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3537 } 3538 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3539 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, 3540 SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3541 From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3542 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3543 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3544 } 3545 3546 // Resolve overloaded function references. 3547 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) { 3548 DeclAccessPair Found; 3549 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, 3550 true, Found); 3551 if (!Fn) 3552 return ExprError(); 3553 3554 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart())) 3555 return ExprError(); 3556 3557 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn); 3558 FromType = From->getType(); 3559 } 3560 3561 // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding 3562 // non-atomic type. 3563 QualType ToAtomicType; 3564 if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3565 ToAtomicType = ToType; 3566 ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType(); 3567 } 3568 3569 QualType InitialFromType = FromType; 3570 // Perform the first implicit conversion. 3571 switch (SCS.First) { 3572 case ICK_Identity: 3573 if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3574 FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); 3575 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, 3576 From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue); 3577 } 3578 break; 3579 3580 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: { 3581 assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty); 3582 ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From); 3583 assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!"); 3584 From = FromRes.get(); 3585 FromType = From->getType(); 3586 break; 3587 } 3588 3589 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3590 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); 3591 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, 3592 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3593 break; 3594 3595 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3596 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType); 3597 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, 3598 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3599 break; 3600 3601 default: 3602 llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion"); 3603 } 3604 3605 // Perform the second implicit conversion 3606 switch (SCS.Second) { 3607 case ICK_Identity: 3608 // C++ [except.spec]p5: 3609 // [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions, 3610 // pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the 3611 // target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the 3612 // source value in the assignment or initialization. 3613 switch (Action) { 3614 case AA_Assigning: 3615 case AA_Initializing: 3616 // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization. 3617 case AA_Passing: 3618 case AA_Returning: 3619 case AA_Sending: 3620 case AA_Passing_CFAudited: 3621 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3622 return ExprError(); 3623 break; 3624 3625 case AA_Casting: 3626 case AA_Converting: 3627 // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not 3628 // checked for exception specification mismatches. 3629 break; 3630 } 3631 // Nothing else to do. 3632 break; 3633 3634 case ICK_Integral_Promotion: 3635 case ICK_Integral_Conversion: 3636 if (ToType->isBooleanType()) { 3637 assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() && 3638 SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && 3639 "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool"); 3640 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean, 3641 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3642 } else { 3643 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast, 3644 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3645 } 3646 break; 3647 3648 case ICK_Floating_Promotion: 3649 case ICK_Floating_Conversion: 3650 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, 3651 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3652 break; 3653 3654 case ICK_Complex_Promotion: 3655 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: { 3656 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3657 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3658 CastKind CK; 3659 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3660 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) 3661 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast; 3662 else 3663 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; 3664 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3665 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; 3666 } else { 3667 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast; 3668 } 3669 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, 3670 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3671 break; 3672 } 3673 3674 case ICK_Floating_Integral: 3675 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) 3676 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, 3677 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3678 else 3679 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, 3680 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3681 break; 3682 3683 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: 3684 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3685 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3686 break; 3687 3688 case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: 3689 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: { 3690 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) { 3691 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions 3692 if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning) 3693 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3694 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3695 << ToType << From->getType() << Action 3696 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3697 else 3698 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3699 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3700 << From->getType() << ToType << Action 3701 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3702 3703 if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3704 ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3705 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From); 3706 } 3707 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 3708 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType, 3709 From->getType())) { 3710 if (Action == AA_Initializing) 3711 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3712 diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign); 3713 else 3714 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3715 diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) 3716 << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType 3717 << From->getSourceRange(); 3718 } 3719 3720 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3721 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3722 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3723 return ExprError(); 3724 3725 // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary. 3726 // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly. 3727 if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) { 3728 ExprResult E = From; 3729 (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E); 3730 From = E.get(); 3731 } 3732 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 3733 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK); 3734 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3735 .get(); 3736 break; 3737 } 3738 3739 case ICK_Pointer_Member: { 3740 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3741 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3742 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3743 return ExprError(); 3744 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3745 return ExprError(); 3746 3747 // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved 3748 // to up until this exact point. Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model. 3749 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 3750 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType()); 3751 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType); 3752 } 3753 3754 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3755 .get(); 3756 break; 3757 } 3758 3759 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: 3760 // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float. 3761 if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) { 3762 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); 3763 FromType = Context.FloatTy; 3764 } 3765 3766 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy, 3767 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), 3768 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3769 break; 3770 3771 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: { 3772 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3773 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(), 3774 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3775 From->getLocStart(), 3776 From->getSourceRange(), 3777 &BasePath, 3778 CStyle)) 3779 return ExprError(); 3780 3781 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3782 CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(), 3783 &BasePath, CCK).get(); 3784 break; 3785 } 3786 3787 case ICK_Vector_Conversion: 3788 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, 3789 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3790 break; 3791 3792 case ICK_Vector_Splat: { 3793 // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. 3794 Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get(); 3795 From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue, 3796 /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3797 break; 3798 } 3799 3800 case ICK_Complex_Real: 3801 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y 3802 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3803 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType(); 3804 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3805 3806 // x -> y 3807 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) { 3808 // do nothing 3809 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { 3810 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3811 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get(); 3812 } else { 3813 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType()); 3814 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3815 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get(); 3816 } 3817 // y -> _Complex y 3818 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3819 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex 3820 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get(); 3821 3822 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y 3823 } else { 3824 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>(); 3825 assert(FromComplex); 3826 3827 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType(); 3828 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3829 3830 // _Complex x -> x 3831 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3832 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal 3833 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal, 3834 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3835 3836 // x -> y 3837 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) { 3838 // do nothing 3839 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { 3840 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3841 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating, 3842 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3843 } else { 3844 assert(ToType->isIntegerType()); 3845 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3846 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast, 3847 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3848 } 3849 } 3850 break; 3851 3852 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: { 3853 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast, 3854 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3855 break; 3856 } 3857 3858 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: { 3859 ExprResult FromRes = From; 3860 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = 3861 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes); 3862 if (FromRes.isInvalid()) 3863 return ExprError(); 3864 From = FromRes.get(); 3865 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) && 3866 "Improper transparent union conversion"); 3867 (void)ConvTy; 3868 break; 3869 } 3870 3871 case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: 3872 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3873 CK_ZeroToOCLEvent, 3874 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3875 break; 3876 3877 case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion: 3878 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3879 CK_ZeroToOCLQueue, 3880 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3881 break; 3882 3883 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: 3884 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3885 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3886 case ICK_Function_Conversion: 3887 case ICK_Qualification: 3888 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: 3889 case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: 3890 case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion: 3891 llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion"); 3892 } 3893 3894 switch (SCS.Third) { 3895 case ICK_Identity: 3896 // Nothing to do. 3897 break; 3898 3899 case ICK_Function_Conversion: 3900 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could 3901 // be incompatible exception declarations. 3902 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3903 return ExprError(); 3904 3905 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3906 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3907 break; 3908 3909 case ICK_Qualification: { 3910 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the 3911 // target type isn't a reference. 3912 ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ? 3913 From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue; 3914 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), 3915 CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3916 3917 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr && 3918 !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) { 3919 Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 3920 ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion 3921 : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion) 3922 << ToType.getNonReferenceType(); 3923 } 3924 3925 break; 3926 } 3927 3928 default: 3929 llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion"); 3930 } 3931 3932 // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform 3933 // that conversion now. 3934 if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) { 3935 assert(Context.hasSameType( 3936 ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType())); 3937 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic, 3938 VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get(); 3939 } 3940 3941 // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a 3942 // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain. 3943 if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion) 3944 diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType, 3945 From->getLocStart()); 3946 3947 return From; 3948 } 3949 3950 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait. 3951 /// 3952 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete 3953 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false 3954 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required, 3955 /// returns true. 3956 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT, 3957 SourceLocation Loc, 3958 QualType ArgTy) { 3959 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3: 3960 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating 3961 // that template with a template argument that is a class template 3962 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template 3963 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument 3964 // must be a complete type. 3965 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement 3966 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior 3967 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries. 3968 switch (UTT) { 3969 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3970 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type. 3971 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 3972 // Fall-through 3973 3974 // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x 3975 // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as 3976 // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be 3977 // impacted by the completeness of the type. 3978 case UTT_IsVoid: 3979 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3980 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3981 case UTT_IsArray: 3982 case UTT_IsPointer: 3983 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3984 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3985 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3986 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3987 case UTT_IsEnum: 3988 case UTT_IsUnion: 3989 case UTT_IsClass: 3990 case UTT_IsFunction: 3991 case UTT_IsReference: 3992 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3993 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3994 case UTT_IsObject: 3995 case UTT_IsScalar: 3996 case UTT_IsCompound: 3997 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3998 // Fall-through 3999 4000 // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop] 4001 // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However, 4002 // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and 4003 // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in 4004 // Table 49. 4005 case UTT_IsConst: 4006 case UTT_IsVolatile: 4007 case UTT_IsSigned: 4008 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 4009 4010 // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot. 4011 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 4012 return true; 4013 4014 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4015 // If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type. 4016 case UTT_IsEmpty: 4017 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 4018 case UTT_IsAbstract: 4019 if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4020 if (!RD->isUnion()) 4021 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 4022 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 4023 return true; 4024 4025 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4026 // If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type. 4027 case UTT_IsFinal: 4028 case UTT_IsSealed: 4029 if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4030 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 4031 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 4032 return true; 4033 4034 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be 4035 // applied to a complete type. 4036 case UTT_IsTrivial: 4037 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 4038 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 4039 case UTT_IsPOD: 4040 case UTT_IsLiteral: 4041 4042 case UTT_IsDestructible: 4043 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 4044 // Fall-through 4045 4046 // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in 4047 // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified 4048 // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete 4049 // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented 4050 // requiring the complete type. 4051 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 4052 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 4053 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 4054 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 4055 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 4056 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 4057 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 4058 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 4059 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 4060 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 4061 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 4062 // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed. 4063 QualType ElTy = ArgTy; 4064 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4065 ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType(); 4066 4067 // The void type is expressly allowed. 4068 if (ElTy->isVoidType()) 4069 return true; 4070 4071 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 4072 Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 4073 } 4074 } 4075 4076 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 4077 Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C, 4078 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const, 4079 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const, 4080 bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const) 4081 { 4082 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 4083 if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)()) 4084 return true; 4085 4086 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); 4087 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc); 4088 LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 4089 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) { 4090 bool FoundOperator = false; 4091 Res.suppressDiagnostics(); 4092 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end(); 4093 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) { 4094 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op)) 4095 continue; 4096 4097 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op); 4098 if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) { 4099 FoundOperator = true; 4100 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 4101 Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4102 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4103 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 4104 return false; 4105 } 4106 } 4107 return FoundOperator; 4108 } 4109 return false; 4110 } 4111 4112 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT, 4113 SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) { 4114 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4115 4116 ASTContext &C = Self.Context; 4117 switch(UTT) { 4118 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 4119 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category 4120 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat]. 4121 case UTT_IsVoid: 4122 return T->isVoidType(); 4123 case UTT_IsIntegral: 4124 return T->isIntegralType(C); 4125 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 4126 return T->isFloatingType(); 4127 case UTT_IsArray: 4128 return T->isArrayType(); 4129 case UTT_IsPointer: 4130 return T->isPointerType(); 4131 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 4132 return T->isLValueReferenceType(); 4133 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 4134 return T->isRValueReferenceType(); 4135 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 4136 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 4137 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 4138 return T->isMemberDataPointerType(); 4139 case UTT_IsEnum: 4140 return T->isEnumeralType(); 4141 case UTT_IsUnion: 4142 return T->isUnionType(); 4143 case UTT_IsClass: 4144 return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType(); 4145 case UTT_IsFunction: 4146 return T->isFunctionType(); 4147 4148 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition 4149 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp]. 4150 case UTT_IsReference: 4151 return T->isReferenceType(); 4152 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 4153 return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType(); 4154 case UTT_IsFundamental: 4155 return T->isFundamentalType(); 4156 case UTT_IsObject: 4157 return T->isObjectType(); 4158 case UTT_IsScalar: 4159 // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be 4160 // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave 4161 // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release 4162 // operations), so we report them as non-scalar. 4163 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 4164 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 4165 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 4166 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4167 return true; 4168 4169 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4170 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4171 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4172 return false; 4173 } 4174 } 4175 4176 return T->isScalarType(); 4177 case UTT_IsCompound: 4178 return T->isCompoundType(); 4179 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 4180 return T->isMemberPointerType(); 4181 4182 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates 4183 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]. 4184 case UTT_IsConst: 4185 return T.isConstQualified(); 4186 case UTT_IsVolatile: 4187 return T.isVolatileQualified(); 4188 case UTT_IsTrivial: 4189 return T.isTrivialType(C); 4190 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 4191 return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C); 4192 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 4193 return T->isStandardLayoutType(); 4194 case UTT_IsPOD: 4195 return T.isPODType(C); 4196 case UTT_IsLiteral: 4197 return T->isLiteralType(C); 4198 case UTT_IsEmpty: 4199 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4200 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty(); 4201 return false; 4202 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 4203 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4204 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic(); 4205 return false; 4206 case UTT_IsAbstract: 4207 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4208 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract(); 4209 return false; 4210 // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and 4211 // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax 4212 // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot. 4213 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 4214 return false; 4215 case UTT_IsFinal: 4216 case UTT_IsSealed: 4217 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4218 return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>(); 4219 return false; 4220 case UTT_IsSigned: 4221 return T->isSignedIntegerType(); 4222 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 4223 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4224 4225 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction, 4226 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the 4227 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both 4228 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those 4229 // specifications. 4230 // 4231 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4232 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4233 // 4234 // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class 4235 // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind, 4236 // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior. 4237 // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it 4238 // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special 4239 // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed. 4240 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 4241 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4242 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is 4243 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default 4244 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false. 4245 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4246 return true; 4247 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4248 return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 4249 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor(); 4250 return false; 4251 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 4252 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4253 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 4254 // behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3). 4255 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4256 return true; 4257 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4258 return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor(); 4259 return false; 4260 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 4261 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4262 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then 4263 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type 4264 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait 4265 // is true, else it is false. 4266 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 4267 return true; 4268 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4269 return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 4270 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor(); 4271 return false; 4272 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 4273 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4274 // standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic 4275 // behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3) 4276 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4277 return true; 4278 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4279 return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment(); 4280 return false; 4281 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 4282 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4283 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 4284 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the 4285 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with 4286 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is 4287 // true, else it is false. 4288 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting, 4289 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class 4290 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause 4291 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v. 4292 // [class.copy]p12). 4293 4294 if (T.isConstQualified()) 4295 return false; 4296 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4297 return true; 4298 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4299 return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() && 4300 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment(); 4301 return false; 4302 case UTT_IsDestructible: 4303 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 4304 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4305 // For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true. 4306 if (T->isReferenceType()) 4307 return true; 4308 4309 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 4310 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4311 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4312 return true; 4313 4314 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4315 // For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is 4316 // false. 4317 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4318 return false; 4319 4320 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4321 // For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the 4322 // expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an 4323 // unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true 4324 if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4325 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD); 4326 if (!Destructor) 4327 return false; 4328 // C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2: 4329 // A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or 4330 // explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed. 4331 if (Destructor->isDeleted()) 4332 return false; 4333 if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public) 4334 return false; 4335 if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) { 4336 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 4337 Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4338 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4339 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 4340 return false; 4341 } 4342 } 4343 return true; 4344 4345 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 4346 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4347 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type 4348 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union 4349 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor 4350 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is 4351 // false. 4352 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 4353 return true; 4354 4355 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 4356 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4357 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4358 return true; 4359 4360 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4361 return RD->hasTrivialDestructor(); 4362 return false; 4363 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members. 4364 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 4365 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4366 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 4367 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type) 4368 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class 4369 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known 4370 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4371 // false. 4372 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified()) 4373 return false; 4374 if (T->isReferenceType()) 4375 return false; 4376 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4377 return true; 4378 4379 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) 4380 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4381 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment, 4382 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment, 4383 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator); 4384 return false; 4385 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 4386 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4387 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 4388 // behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3). 4389 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4390 return true; 4391 4392 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) 4393 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4394 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment, 4395 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment, 4396 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator); 4397 return false; 4398 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 4399 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4400 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else 4401 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are 4402 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4403 // false. 4404 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4405 return true; 4406 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4407 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 4408 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 4409 return true; 4410 4411 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4412 unsigned FoundTQs; 4413 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4414 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor. 4415 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload 4416 // resolution point. 4417 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl())) 4418 continue; 4419 // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor 4420 if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND)) 4421 continue; 4422 auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()); 4423 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) { 4424 FoundConstructor = true; 4425 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4426 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4427 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4428 if (!CPT) 4429 return false; 4430 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4431 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4432 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1) 4433 return false; 4434 } 4435 } 4436 4437 return FoundConstructor; 4438 } 4439 return false; 4440 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 4441 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4442 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is 4443 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array 4444 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to 4445 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false. 4446 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4447 return true; 4448 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4449 if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 4450 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 4451 return true; 4452 4453 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4454 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4455 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor. 4456 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl())) 4457 continue; 4458 // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor 4459 if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND)) 4460 continue; 4461 auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()); 4462 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { 4463 FoundConstructor = true; 4464 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4465 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4466 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4467 if (!CPT) 4468 return false; 4469 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4470 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4471 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0) 4472 return false; 4473 } 4474 } 4475 return FoundConstructor; 4476 } 4477 return false; 4478 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 4479 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4480 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor]) 4481 // then the trait is true, else it is false. 4482 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4483 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD)) 4484 return Destructor->isVirtual(); 4485 return false; 4486 4487 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the 4488 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions: 4489 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4490 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 4491 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_): 4492 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the 4493 // function call. 4494 return !T->isIncompleteType(); 4495 } 4496 } 4497 4498 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in 4499 /// ARC mode. 4500 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) { 4501 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 4502 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4503 return false; 4504 4505 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4506 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4507 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4508 return true; 4509 4510 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 4511 return T->isObjCLifetimeType(); 4512 } 4513 4514 llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier"); 4515 } 4516 4517 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4518 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc); 4519 4520 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4521 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4522 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4523 if (Kind <= UTT_Last) 4524 return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()); 4525 4526 if (Kind <= BTT_Last) 4527 return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(), 4528 Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc); 4529 4530 switch (Kind) { 4531 case clang::TT_IsConstructible: 4532 case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible: 4533 case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: { 4534 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]: 4535 // is_trivially_constructible is defined as: 4536 // 4537 // is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable 4538 // definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call 4539 // no operation that is not trivial. 4540 // 4541 // The predicate condition for a template specialization 4542 // is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the 4543 // following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented 4544 // variable t: 4545 // 4546 // T t(create<Args>()...); 4547 assert(!Args.empty()); 4548 4549 // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be 4550 // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of 4551 // unknown bound. 4552 for (const auto *TSI : Args) { 4553 QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType(); 4554 if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4555 continue; 4556 4557 if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy, 4558 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4559 return false; 4560 } 4561 4562 // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type. 4563 QualType T = Args[0]->getType(); 4564 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4565 return false; 4566 4567 // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type. 4568 CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4569 if (RD && RD->isAbstract()) 4570 return false; 4571 4572 SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs; 4573 SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs; 4574 ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1); 4575 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4576 QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType(); 4577 if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType()) 4578 ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy); 4579 OpaqueArgExprs.push_back( 4580 OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), 4581 ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context), 4582 Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy))); 4583 } 4584 for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs) 4585 ArgExprs.push_back(&E); 4586 4587 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4588 // trap at translation unit scope. 4589 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated); 4590 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4591 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4592 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0])); 4593 InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc, 4594 RParenLoc)); 4595 InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4596 if (Init.Failed()) 4597 return false; 4598 4599 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4600 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4601 return false; 4602 4603 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible) 4604 return true; 4605 4606 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible) 4607 return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4608 4609 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) { 4610 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4611 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction. 4612 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4613 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType())) 4614 return false; 4615 4616 // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial 4617 // calls. 4618 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context); 4619 } 4620 4621 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4622 return false; 4623 } 4624 default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT"); 4625 } 4626 4627 return false; 4628 } 4629 4630 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4631 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4632 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4633 QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); 4634 4635 if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness( 4636 *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType())) 4637 return ExprError(); 4638 4639 bool Dependent = false; 4640 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4641 if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) { 4642 Dependent = true; 4643 break; 4644 } 4645 } 4646 4647 bool Result = false; 4648 if (!Dependent) 4649 Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc); 4650 4651 return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args, 4652 RParenLoc, Result); 4653 } 4654 4655 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4656 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4657 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4658 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs; 4659 ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size()); 4660 4661 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4662 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4663 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo); 4664 if (!TInfo) 4665 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc); 4666 4667 ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo); 4668 } 4669 4670 return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc); 4671 } 4672 4673 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4674 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4675 assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() && 4676 "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types"); 4677 4678 switch(BTT) { 4679 case BTT_IsBaseOf: { 4680 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2 4681 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or 4682 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without 4683 // regard to cv-qualifiers. 4684 4685 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4686 if (!lhsRecord) return false; 4687 4688 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4689 if (!rhsRecord) return false; 4690 4691 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT) 4692 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)); 4693 4694 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord) 4695 return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion(); 4696 4697 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2: 4698 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types 4699 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a 4700 // complete type. 4701 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4702 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4703 return false; 4704 4705 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl()) 4706 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl())); 4707 } 4708 case BTT_IsSame: 4709 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT); 4710 case BTT_TypeCompatible: 4711 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(), 4712 RhsT.getUnqualifiedType()); 4713 case BTT_IsConvertible: 4714 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: { 4715 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4: 4716 // Given the following function prototype: 4717 // 4718 // template <class T> 4719 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create(); 4720 // 4721 // the predicate condition for a template specialization 4722 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if 4723 // the return expression in the following code would be 4724 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return 4725 // type of the function: 4726 // 4727 // To test() { 4728 // return create<From>(); 4729 // } 4730 // 4731 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and 4732 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression 4733 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type) 4734 // is considered. 4735 // 4736 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary 4737 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the 4738 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply). 4739 4740 // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types. 4741 if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType()) 4742 return false; 4743 4744 // A return statement in a void function must have void type. 4745 if (RhsT->isVoidType()) 4746 return LhsT->isVoidType(); 4747 4748 // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type. 4749 if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT)) 4750 return false; 4751 4752 // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference. 4753 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4754 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4755 4756 // Build a fake source and destination for initialization. 4757 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT)); 4758 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4759 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4760 Expr *FromPtr = &From; 4761 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc, 4762 SourceLocation())); 4763 4764 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4765 // trap at translation unit scope. 4766 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4767 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4768 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4769 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4770 if (Init.Failed()) 4771 return false; 4772 4773 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4774 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred(); 4775 } 4776 4777 case BTT_IsAssignable: 4778 case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable: 4779 case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: { 4780 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3: 4781 // is_trivially_assignable is defined as: 4782 // is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by 4783 // is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial 4784 // 4785 // is_assignable is defined as: 4786 // The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when 4787 // treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5). 4788 // 4789 // For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) 4790 // void, or arrays of unknown bound. 4791 if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4792 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT, 4793 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4794 return false; 4795 if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4796 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4797 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4798 return false; 4799 4800 // cv void is never assignable. 4801 if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType()) 4802 return false; 4803 4804 // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and 4805 // declval<U>(). 4806 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4807 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4808 if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType()) 4809 RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT); 4810 OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4811 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4812 OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4813 Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT)); 4814 4815 // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4816 // trap at translation unit scope. 4817 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4818 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4819 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4820 ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs, 4821 &Rhs); 4822 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4823 return false; 4824 4825 if (BTT == BTT_IsAssignable) 4826 return true; 4827 4828 if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable) 4829 return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4830 4831 if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) { 4832 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4833 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment. 4834 if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4835 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType())) 4836 return false; 4837 4838 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context); 4839 } 4840 4841 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4842 return false; 4843 } 4844 default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT"); 4845 } 4846 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4847 } 4848 4849 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4850 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4851 ParsedType Ty, 4852 Expr* DimExpr, 4853 SourceLocation RParen) { 4854 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo; 4855 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo); 4856 if (!TSInfo) 4857 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 4858 4859 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen); 4860 } 4861 4862 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4863 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr, 4864 SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4865 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4866 4867 switch(ATT) { 4868 case ATT_ArrayRank: 4869 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4870 unsigned Dim = 0; 4871 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4872 ++Dim; 4873 T = AT->getElementType(); 4874 } 4875 return Dim; 4876 } 4877 return 0; 4878 4879 case ATT_ArrayExtent: { 4880 llvm::APSInt Value; 4881 uint64_t Dim; 4882 if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value, 4883 diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer, 4884 false).isInvalid()) 4885 return 0; 4886 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 4887 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) 4888 << DimExpr->getSourceRange(); 4889 return 0; 4890 } 4891 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue(); 4892 4893 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4894 unsigned D = 0; 4895 bool Matched = false; 4896 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4897 if (Dim == D) { 4898 Matched = true; 4899 break; 4900 } 4901 ++D; 4902 T = AT->getElementType(); 4903 } 4904 4905 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) { 4906 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T)) 4907 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue(); 4908 } 4909 } 4910 return 0; 4911 } 4912 } 4913 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4914 } 4915 4916 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4917 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4918 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4919 Expr* DimExpr, 4920 SourceLocation RParen) { 4921 QualType T = TSInfo->getType(); 4922 4923 // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host 4924 // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target. 4925 uint64_t Value = 0; 4926 if (!T->isDependentType()) 4927 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc); 4928 4929 // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++ 4930 // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang 4931 // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero 4932 // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an 4933 // important distinction. 4934 return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr, 4935 RParen, Context.getSizeType()); 4936 } 4937 4938 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4939 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4940 Expr *Queried, 4941 SourceLocation RParen) { 4942 // If error parsing the expression, ignore. 4943 if (!Queried) 4944 return ExprError(); 4945 4946 ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen); 4947 4948 return Result; 4949 } 4950 4951 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) { 4952 switch (ET) { 4953 case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue(); 4954 case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue(); 4955 } 4956 llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch"); 4957 } 4958 4959 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4960 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4961 Expr *Queried, 4962 SourceLocation RParen) { 4963 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) { 4964 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. 4965 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 4966 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried); 4967 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 4968 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen); 4969 } 4970 4971 bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried); 4972 4973 return new (Context) 4974 ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy); 4975 } 4976 4977 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4978 ExprValueKind &VK, 4979 SourceLocation Loc, 4980 bool isIndirect) { 4981 assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4982 !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4983 "placeholders should have been weeded out by now"); 4984 4985 // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*, and undergoes the 4986 // temporary materialization conversion otherwise. 4987 if (isIndirect) 4988 LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 4989 else if (LHS.get()->isRValue()) 4990 LHS = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(LHS.get()); 4991 if (LHS.isInvalid()) 4992 return QualType(); 4993 4994 // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions. 4995 RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 4996 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4997 4998 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*"; 4999 // C++ 5.5p2 5000 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall 5001 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined 5002 // class type) [...] 5003 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 5004 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 5005 if (!MemPtr) { 5006 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs) 5007 << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5008 return QualType(); 5009 } 5010 5011 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0); 5012 5013 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the 5014 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no 5015 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by 5016 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is 5017 // likely to be considered a defect. 5018 5019 // C++ 5.5p2 5020 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of 5021 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to 5022 // such a class] 5023 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 5024 if (isIndirect) { 5025 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) 5026 LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5027 else { 5028 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) 5029 << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType 5030 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*"); 5031 return QualType(); 5032 } 5033 } 5034 5035 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) { 5036 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type. 5037 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs, 5038 OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) { 5039 return QualType(); 5040 } 5041 5042 if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) { 5043 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling 5044 << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType(); 5045 return QualType(); 5046 } 5047 5048 CXXCastPath BasePath; 5049 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc, 5050 SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), 5051 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()), 5052 &BasePath)) 5053 return QualType(); 5054 5055 // Cast LHS to type of use. 5056 QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class; 5057 ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5058 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, 5059 &BasePath); 5060 } 5061 5062 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) { 5063 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as 5064 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression. 5065 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect; 5066 return QualType(); 5067 } 5068 5069 // C++ 5.5p2 5070 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the 5071 // second operand. 5072 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side, 5073 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5. 5074 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5075 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers()); 5076 5077 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 5078 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is 5079 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with 5080 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object 5081 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand 5082 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&. 5083 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5084 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) { 5085 case RQ_None: 5086 // Do nothing 5087 break; 5088 5089 case RQ_LValue: 5090 if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) 5091 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 5092 << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5093 break; 5094 5095 case RQ_RValue: 5096 if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue()) 5097 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 5098 << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5099 break; 5100 } 5101 } 5102 5103 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 5104 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer 5105 // to a data member is of the same value category as its 5106 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second 5107 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The 5108 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand 5109 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise. 5110 if (Result->isFunctionType()) { 5111 VK = VK_RValue; 5112 return Context.BoundMemberTy; 5113 } else if (isIndirect) { 5114 VK = VK_LValue; 5115 } else { 5116 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5117 } 5118 5119 return Result; 5120 } 5121 5122 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3. 5123 /// 5124 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 5125 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be 5126 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction. 5127 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed 5128 /// as such. 5129 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To, 5130 SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 5131 bool &HaveConversion, 5132 QualType &ToType) { 5133 HaveConversion = false; 5134 ToType = To->getType(); 5135 5136 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(), 5137 SourceLocation()); 5138 // C++11 5.16p3 5139 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1 5140 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined 5141 // as follows: 5142 // -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 5143 // implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the 5144 // constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to 5145 // an lvalue. 5146 // -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 5147 // implicitly conveted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to 5148 // the constraint that the reference must bind directly. 5149 if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) { 5150 QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType) 5151 : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType); 5152 5153 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 5154 5155 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5156 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) { 5157 ToType = T; 5158 HaveConversion = true; 5159 return false; 5160 } 5161 5162 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 5163 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5164 } 5165 5166 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done: 5167 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are 5168 // the same or one is a base class of the other: 5169 QualType FTy = From->getType(); 5170 QualType TTy = To->getType(); 5171 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5172 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5173 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec && 5174 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy); 5175 if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || 5176 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) { 5177 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the 5178 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and 5179 // [cv2 > cv1]. 5180 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) { 5181 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) { 5182 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 5183 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5184 if (InitSeq) { 5185 HaveConversion = true; 5186 return false; 5187 } 5188 5189 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 5190 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5191 } 5192 } 5193 5194 return false; 5195 } 5196 5197 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 5198 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have 5199 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is 5200 // an rvalue). 5201 // 5202 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not 5203 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions. 5204 TTy = TTy.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context); 5205 5206 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 5207 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5208 HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed(); 5209 ToType = TTy; 5210 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 5211 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5212 5213 return false; 5214 } 5215 5216 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5. 5217 /// 5218 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 5219 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a 5220 /// conversion to a common type. 5221 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 5222 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 5223 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() }; 5224 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc, 5225 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); 5226 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 5227 CandidateSet); 5228 5229 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 5230 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) { 5231 case OR_Success: { 5232 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on. 5233 ExprResult LHSRes = 5234 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0], 5235 Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting); 5236 if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) 5237 break; 5238 LHS = LHSRes; 5239 5240 ExprResult RHSRes = 5241 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1], 5242 Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting); 5243 if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) 5244 break; 5245 RHS = RHSRes; 5246 if (Best->Function) 5247 Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function); 5248 return false; 5249 } 5250 5251 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 5252 5253 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer 5254 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most 5255 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. 5256 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5257 return true; 5258 5259 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5260 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5261 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5262 return true; 5263 5264 case OR_Ambiguous: 5265 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl) 5266 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5267 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5268 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of 5269 // the viable candidates. 5270 break; 5271 5272 case OR_Deleted: 5273 llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads"); 5274 } 5275 return true; 5276 } 5277 5278 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by 5279 /// TryClassUnification. 5280 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) { 5281 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 5282 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(), 5283 SourceLocation()); 5284 Expr *Arg = E.get(); 5285 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 5286 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 5287 if (Result.isInvalid()) 5288 return true; 5289 5290 E = Result; 5291 return false; 5292 } 5293 5294 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics. 5295 /// 5296 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y 5297 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.) 5298 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, 5299 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 5300 ExprObjectKind &OK, 5301 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 5302 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++ 5303 // interface pointers. 5304 5305 // C++11 [expr.cond]p1 5306 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool. 5307 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 5308 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get()); 5309 if (CondRes.isInvalid()) 5310 return QualType(); 5311 Cond = CondRes; 5312 } 5313 5314 // Assume r-value. 5315 VK = VK_RValue; 5316 OK = OK_Ordinary; 5317 5318 // Either of the arguments dependent? 5319 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent()) 5320 return Context.DependentTy; 5321 5322 // C++11 [expr.cond]p2 5323 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ... 5324 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5325 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5326 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType(); 5327 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType(); 5328 if (LVoid || RVoid) { 5329 // ... one of the following shall hold: 5330 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly 5331 // parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type 5332 // and value category of the other. 5333 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5334 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5335 if (LThrow != RThrow) { 5336 Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get(); 5337 VK = NonThrow->getValueKind(); 5338 // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the 5339 // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field. 5340 OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind(); 5341 return NonThrow->getType(); 5342 } 5343 5344 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of 5345 // type void and is a prvalue. 5346 if (LVoid && RVoid) 5347 return Context.VoidTy; 5348 5349 // Neither holds, error. 5350 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid) 5351 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1) 5352 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5353 return QualType(); 5354 } 5355 5356 // Neither is void. 5357 5358 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5359 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and 5360 // either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of 5361 // those operands to the type of the other. 5362 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5363 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5364 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous. 5365 QualType L2RType, R2LType; 5366 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L; 5367 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType)) 5368 return QualType(); 5369 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType)) 5370 return QualType(); 5371 5372 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed. 5373 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) { 5374 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous) 5375 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5376 return QualType(); 5377 } 5378 5379 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to 5380 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the 5381 // original operands for the remainder of this section. 5382 if (HaveL2R) { 5383 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid()) 5384 return QualType(); 5385 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5386 } else if (HaveR2L) { 5387 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid()) 5388 return QualType(); 5389 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5390 } 5391 } 5392 5393 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5394 // if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except 5395 // for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those 5396 // operands to the type of the other. 5397 // FIXME: 5398 // Resolving a defect in P0012R1: we extend this to cover all cases where 5399 // one of the operands is reference-compatible with the other, in order 5400 // to support conditionals between functions differing in noexcept. 5401 ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5402 ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5403 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5404 LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) { 5405 // DerivedToBase was already handled by the class-specific case above. 5406 // FIXME: Should we allow ObjC conversions here? 5407 bool DerivedToBase, ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion; 5408 if (CompareReferenceRelationship( 5409 QuestionLoc, LTy, RTy, DerivedToBase, 5410 ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible && 5411 !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion && 5412 // [...] subject to the constraint that the reference must bind 5413 // directly [...] 5414 !RHS.get()->refersToBitField() && 5415 !RHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) { 5416 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK); 5417 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5418 } else if (CompareReferenceRelationship( 5419 QuestionLoc, RTy, LTy, DerivedToBase, 5420 ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible && 5421 !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion && 5422 !LHS.get()->refersToBitField() && 5423 !LHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) { 5424 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK); 5425 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5426 } 5427 } 5428 5429 // C++11 [expr.cond]p4 5430 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value 5431 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and 5432 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third 5433 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields. 5434 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of 5435 // l-values. 5436 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy); 5437 if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue && 5438 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() && 5439 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) { 5440 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5441 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField || 5442 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) 5443 OK = OK_BitField; 5444 5445 // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their 5446 // exception specifications, if any. 5447 if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { 5448 Qualifiers Qs = LTy.getQualifiers(); 5449 LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS, 5450 /*ConvertArgs*/false); 5451 LTy = Context.getQualifiedType(LTy, Qs); 5452 5453 assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for " 5454 "canonically equivalent function ptr types"); 5455 assert(Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && "bad composite pointer type"); 5456 } 5457 5458 return LTy; 5459 } 5460 5461 // C++11 [expr.cond]p5 5462 // Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands 5463 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ... 5464 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5465 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any) 5466 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the 5467 // program is ill-formed. 5468 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc)) 5469 return QualType(); 5470 } 5471 5472 // C++11 [expr.cond]p6 5473 // Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard 5474 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands. 5475 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 5476 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 5477 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5478 return QualType(); 5479 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5480 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5481 5482 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold: 5483 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result 5484 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result 5485 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is 5486 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third 5487 // operand depending on the value of the first operand. 5488 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) { 5489 if (LTy->isRecordType()) { 5490 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy. 5491 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy); 5492 5493 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5494 SourceLocation(), 5495 LHS); 5496 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5497 return QualType(); 5498 5499 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5500 SourceLocation(), 5501 RHS); 5502 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5503 return QualType(); 5504 5505 LHS = LHSCopy; 5506 RHS = RHSCopy; 5507 } 5508 5509 // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their 5510 // exception specifications, if any. 5511 if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { 5512 LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS); 5513 assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for " 5514 "canonically equivalent function ptr types"); 5515 } 5516 5517 return LTy; 5518 } 5519 5520 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types. 5521 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType()) 5522 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false, 5523 /*AllowBothBool*/true, 5524 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); 5525 5526 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type; 5527 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a 5528 // common type, and the result is of that type. 5529 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) { 5530 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); 5531 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5532 return QualType(); 5533 if (ResTy.isNull()) { 5534 Diag(QuestionLoc, 5535 diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy 5536 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5537 return QualType(); 5538 } 5539 5540 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy)); 5541 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy)); 5542 5543 return ResTy; 5544 } 5545 5546 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer 5547 // type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null 5548 // pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer 5549 // conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them 5550 // to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite 5551 // pointer type. 5552 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has 5553 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant; 5554 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are 5555 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification 5556 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third 5557 // operand. The result is of the common type. 5558 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS); 5559 if (!Composite.isNull()) 5560 return Composite; 5561 5562 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers. 5563 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); 5564 if (!Composite.isNull()) 5565 return Composite; 5566 5567 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type. 5568 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5569 return QualType(); 5570 5571 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5572 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5573 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5574 return QualType(); 5575 } 5576 5577 static FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo 5578 mergeExceptionSpecs(Sema &S, FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI1, 5579 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI2, 5580 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionTypeStorage) { 5581 ExceptionSpecificationType EST1 = ESI1.Type; 5582 ExceptionSpecificationType EST2 = ESI2.Type; 5583 5584 // If either of them can throw anything, that is the result. 5585 if (EST1 == EST_None) return ESI1; 5586 if (EST2 == EST_None) return ESI2; 5587 if (EST1 == EST_MSAny) return ESI1; 5588 if (EST2 == EST_MSAny) return ESI2; 5589 5590 // If either of them is non-throwing, the result is the other. 5591 if (EST1 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI2; 5592 if (EST2 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI1; 5593 if (EST1 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI2; 5594 if (EST2 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI1; 5595 5596 // If either of them is a non-value-dependent computed noexcept, that 5597 // determines the result. 5598 if (EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI2.NoexceptExpr && 5599 !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent()) 5600 return !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI2 : ESI1; 5601 if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI1.NoexceptExpr && 5602 !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent()) 5603 return !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI1 : ESI2; 5604 // If we're left with value-dependent computed noexcept expressions, we're 5605 // stuck. Before C++17, we can just drop the exception specification entirely, 5606 // since it's not actually part of the canonical type. And this should never 5607 // happen in C++17, because it would mean we were computing the composite 5608 // pointer type of dependent types, which should never happen. 5609 if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept || EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 5610 assert(!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && 5611 "computing composite pointer type of dependent types"); 5612 return FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo(); 5613 } 5614 5615 // Switch over the possibilities so that people adding new values know to 5616 // update this function. 5617 switch (EST1) { 5618 case EST_None: 5619 case EST_DynamicNone: 5620 case EST_MSAny: 5621 case EST_BasicNoexcept: 5622 case EST_ComputedNoexcept: 5623 llvm_unreachable("handled above"); 5624 5625 case EST_Dynamic: { 5626 // This is the fun case: both exception specifications are dynamic. Form 5627 // the union of the two lists. 5628 assert(EST2 == EST_Dynamic && "other cases should already be handled"); 5629 llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> Found; 5630 for (auto &Exceptions : {ESI1.Exceptions, ESI2.Exceptions}) 5631 for (QualType E : Exceptions) 5632 if (Found.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(E)).second) 5633 ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(E); 5634 5635 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo Result(EST_Dynamic); 5636 Result.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage; 5637 return Result; 5638 } 5639 5640 case EST_Unevaluated: 5641 case EST_Uninstantiated: 5642 case EST_Unparsed: 5643 llvm_unreachable("shouldn't see unresolved exception specifications here"); 5644 } 5645 5646 llvm_unreachable("invalid ExceptionSpecificationType"); 5647 } 5648 5649 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it. 5650 /// 5651 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1 5652 /// and @p E2 according to C++1z 5p14. It converts both expressions to this 5653 /// type and returns it. 5654 /// It does not emit diagnostics. 5655 /// 5656 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to 5657 /// be converted to the composite pointer type. 5658 /// 5659 /// \param ConvertArgs If \c false, do not convert E1 and E2 to the target type. 5660 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 5661 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5662 bool ConvertArgs) { 5663 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++"); 5664 5665 // C++1z [expr]p14: 5666 // The composite pointer type of two operands p1 and p2 having types T1 5667 // and T2 5668 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType(); 5669 5670 // where at least one is a pointer or pointer to member type or 5671 // std::nullptr_t is: 5672 bool T1IsPointerLike = T1->isAnyPointerType() || T1->isMemberPointerType() || 5673 T1->isNullPtrType(); 5674 bool T2IsPointerLike = T2->isAnyPointerType() || T2->isMemberPointerType() || 5675 T2->isNullPtrType(); 5676 if (!T1IsPointerLike && !T2IsPointerLike) 5677 return QualType(); 5678 5679 // - if both p1 and p2 are null pointer constants, std::nullptr_t; 5680 // This can't actually happen, following the standard, but we also use this 5681 // to implement the end of [expr.conv], which hits this case. 5682 // 5683 // - if either p1 or p2 is a null pointer constant, T2 or T1, respectively; 5684 if (T1IsPointerLike && 5685 E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5686 if (ConvertArgs) 5687 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, T1->isMemberPointerType() 5688 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer 5689 : CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5690 return T1; 5691 } 5692 if (T2IsPointerLike && 5693 E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5694 if (ConvertArgs) 5695 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, T2->isMemberPointerType() 5696 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer 5697 : CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5698 return T2; 5699 } 5700 5701 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers. 5702 if (!T1IsPointerLike || !T2IsPointerLike) 5703 return QualType(); 5704 assert(!T1->isNullPtrType() && !T2->isNullPtrType() && 5705 "nullptr_t should be a null pointer constant"); 5706 5707 // - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to cv1 void" and the other type is 5708 // "pointer to cv2 T", "pointer to cv12 void", where cv12 is 5709 // the union of cv1 and cv2; 5710 // - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to noexcept function" and the other type is 5711 // "pointer to function", where the function types are otherwise the same, 5712 // "pointer to function"; 5713 // FIXME: This rule is defective: it should also permit removing noexcept 5714 // from a pointer to member function. As a Clang extension, we also 5715 // permit removing 'noreturn', so we generalize this rule to; 5716 // - [Clang] If T1 and T2 are both of type "pointer to function" or 5717 // "pointer to member function" and the pointee types can be unified 5718 // by a function pointer conversion, that conversion is applied 5719 // before checking the following rules. 5720 // - if T1 is "pointer to cv1 C1" and T2 is "pointer to cv2 C2", where C1 5721 // is reference-related to C2 or C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), 5722 // the cv-combined type of T1 and T2 or the cv-combined type of T2 and T1, 5723 // respectively; 5724 // - if T1 is "pointer to member of C1 of type cv1 U1" and T2 is "pointer 5725 // to member of C2 of type cv2 U2" where C1 is reference-related to C2 or 5726 // C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), the cv-combined type of T2 and 5727 // T1 or the cv-combined type of T1 and T2, respectively; 5728 // - if T1 and T2 are similar types (4.5), the cv-combined type of T1 and 5729 // T2; 5730 // 5731 // If looked at in the right way, these bullets all do the same thing. 5732 // What we do here is, we build the two possible cv-combined types, and try 5733 // the conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two 5734 // composite types are the same, we have succeeded. 5735 // FIXME: extended qualifiers? 5736 // 5737 // Note that this will fail to find a composite pointer type for "pointer 5738 // to void" and "pointer to function". We can't actually perform the final 5739 // conversion in this case, even though a composite pointer type formally 5740 // exists. 5741 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierUnion; 5742 SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> MemberOfClass; 5743 QualType Composite1 = T1; 5744 QualType Composite2 = T2; 5745 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0; 5746 while (true) { 5747 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2; 5748 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5749 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) { 5750 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType(); 5751 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType(); 5752 5753 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5754 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5755 if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5756 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5757 5758 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5759 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5760 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr)); 5761 continue; 5762 } 5763 5764 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2; 5765 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) && 5766 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) { 5767 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType(); 5768 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType(); 5769 5770 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5771 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5772 if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5773 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5774 5775 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5776 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5777 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(), 5778 MemPtr2->getClass())); 5779 continue; 5780 } 5781 5782 // FIXME: block pointer types? 5783 5784 // Cannot unwrap any more types. 5785 break; 5786 } 5787 5788 // Apply the function pointer conversion to unify the types. We've already 5789 // unwrapped down to the function types, and we want to merge rather than 5790 // just convert, so do this ourselves rather than calling 5791 // IsFunctionConversion. 5792 // 5793 // FIXME: In order to match the standard wording as closely as possible, we 5794 // currently only do this under a single level of pointers. Ideally, we would 5795 // allow this in general, and set NeedConstBefore to the relevant depth on 5796 // the side(s) where we changed anything. 5797 if (QualifierUnion.size() == 1) { 5798 if (auto *FPT1 = Composite1->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5799 if (auto *FPT2 = Composite2->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5800 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI1 = FPT1->getExtProtoInfo(); 5801 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI2 = FPT2->getExtProtoInfo(); 5802 5803 // The result is noreturn if both operands are. 5804 bool Noreturn = 5805 EPI1.ExtInfo.getNoReturn() && EPI2.ExtInfo.getNoReturn(); 5806 EPI1.ExtInfo = EPI1.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn); 5807 EPI2.ExtInfo = EPI2.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn); 5808 5809 // The result is nothrow if both operands are. 5810 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ExceptionTypeStorage; 5811 EPI1.ExceptionSpec = EPI2.ExceptionSpec = 5812 mergeExceptionSpecs(*this, EPI1.ExceptionSpec, EPI2.ExceptionSpec, 5813 ExceptionTypeStorage); 5814 5815 Composite1 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT1->getReturnType(), 5816 FPT1->getParamTypes(), EPI1); 5817 Composite2 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT2->getReturnType(), 5818 FPT2->getParamTypes(), EPI2); 5819 } 5820 } 5821 } 5822 5823 if (NeedConstBefore) { 5824 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier 5825 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the 5826 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3. 5827 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) 5828 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) 5829 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const; 5830 } 5831 5832 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs. 5833 auto MOC = MemberOfClass.rbegin(); 5834 for (unsigned CVR : llvm::reverse(QualifierUnion)) { 5835 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR); 5836 auto Classes = *MOC++; 5837 if (Classes.first && Classes.second) { 5838 // Rebuild member pointer type 5839 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5840 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), Classes.first); 5841 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5842 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), Classes.second); 5843 } else { 5844 // Rebuild pointer type 5845 Composite1 = 5846 Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals)); 5847 Composite2 = 5848 Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals)); 5849 } 5850 } 5851 5852 struct Conversion { 5853 Sema &S; 5854 Expr *&E1, *&E2; 5855 QualType Composite; 5856 InitializedEntity Entity; 5857 InitializationKind Kind; 5858 InitializationSequence E1ToC, E2ToC; 5859 bool Viable; 5860 5861 Conversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5862 QualType Composite) 5863 : S(S), E1(E1), E2(E2), Composite(Composite), 5864 Entity(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite)), 5865 Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation())), 5866 E1ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E1), E2ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E2), 5867 Viable(E1ToC && E2ToC) {} 5868 5869 bool perform() { 5870 ExprResult E1Result = E1ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E1); 5871 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5872 return true; 5873 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5874 5875 ExprResult E2Result = E2ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E2); 5876 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5877 return true; 5878 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5879 5880 return false; 5881 } 5882 }; 5883 5884 // Try to convert to each composite pointer type. 5885 Conversion C1(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite1); 5886 if (C1.Viable && Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) { 5887 if (ConvertArgs && C1.perform()) 5888 return QualType(); 5889 return C1.Composite; 5890 } 5891 Conversion C2(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite2); 5892 5893 if (C1.Viable == C2.Viable) { 5894 // Either Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different, or 5895 // neither is viable. 5896 // FIXME: How both be viable and different? 5897 return QualType(); 5898 } 5899 5900 // Convert to the chosen type. 5901 if (ConvertArgs && (C1.Viable ? C1 : C2).perform()) 5902 return QualType(); 5903 5904 return C1.Viable ? C1.Composite : C2.Composite; 5905 } 5906 5907 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) { 5908 if (!E) 5909 return ExprError(); 5910 5911 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?"); 5912 5913 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it. 5914 if (!E->isRValue()) 5915 return E; 5916 5917 // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained, 5918 // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast. 5919 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5920 E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) { 5921 5922 bool ReturnsRetained; 5923 5924 // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the 5925 // called value. 5926 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { 5927 Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens(); 5928 QualType T = Callee->getType(); 5929 5930 if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) { 5931 // Handle pointer-to-members. 5932 if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee)) 5933 T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType(); 5934 else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee)) 5935 T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType(); 5936 } 5937 5938 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 5939 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5940 else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) 5941 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5942 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 5943 T = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5944 5945 const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5946 assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?"); 5947 ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult(); 5948 5949 // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable 5950 // type always produce a +1 object. 5951 } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) { 5952 ReturnsRetained = true; 5953 5954 // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization; 5955 // we don't want any extra casts here. 5956 } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) && 5957 isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) { 5958 return E; 5959 5960 // For message sends and property references, we try to find an 5961 // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in 5962 // cases where we don't have an actual method. 5963 } else { 5964 ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr; 5965 if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { 5966 D = Send->getMethodDecl(); 5967 } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) { 5968 D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod(); 5969 } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) { 5970 D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod(); 5971 } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit 5972 = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) { 5973 D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod(); 5974 } 5975 5976 ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()); 5977 5978 // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their 5979 // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually 5980 // return an object. 5981 if (!ReturnsRetained && 5982 D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector) 5983 return E; 5984 } 5985 5986 // Don't reclaim an object of Class type. 5987 if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType()) 5988 return E; 5989 5990 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 5991 5992 CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject 5993 : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject); 5994 return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr, 5995 VK_RValue); 5996 } 5997 5998 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5999 return E; 6000 6001 // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with 6002 // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType. 6003 const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr()); 6004 const RecordType *RT = nullptr; 6005 while (!RT) { 6006 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 6007 case Type::Record: 6008 RT = cast<RecordType>(T); 6009 break; 6010 case Type::ConstantArray: 6011 case Type::IncompleteArray: 6012 case Type::VariableArray: 6013 case Type::DependentSizedArray: 6014 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 6015 break; 6016 default: 6017 return E; 6018 } 6019 } 6020 6021 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're 6022 // not processing a decltype expression. 6023 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6024 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext()) 6025 return E; 6026 6027 bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype; 6028 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD); 6029 6030 if (Destructor) { 6031 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 6032 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 6033 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 6034 << E->getType()); 6035 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 6036 return ExprError(); 6037 6038 // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy. 6039 if (Destructor->isTrivial()) 6040 return E; 6041 6042 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 6043 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 6044 } 6045 6046 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor); 6047 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E); 6048 6049 if (IsDecltype) 6050 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind); 6051 6052 return Bind; 6053 } 6054 6055 ExprResult 6056 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) { 6057 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 6058 return ExprError(); 6059 6060 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get()); 6061 } 6062 6063 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) { 6064 assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!"); 6065 6066 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 6067 6068 unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects; 6069 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup); 6070 assert(Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() || 6071 ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup); 6072 if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups()) 6073 return SubExpr; 6074 6075 auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup, 6076 ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup); 6077 6078 auto *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create( 6079 Context, SubExpr, Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), Cleanups); 6080 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 6081 6082 return E; 6083 } 6084 6085 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) { 6086 assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!"); 6087 6088 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 6089 6090 if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups()) 6091 return SubStmt; 6092 6093 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into 6094 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements. 6095 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or 6096 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries. 6097 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt, 6098 SourceLocation(), 6099 SourceLocation()); 6100 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(), 6101 SourceLocation()); 6102 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E); 6103 } 6104 6105 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions, 6106 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and 6107 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the 6108 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression. 6109 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) { 6110 assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression"); 6111 6112 // C++11 [expr.call]p11: 6113 // If a function call is a prvalue of object type, 6114 // -- if the function call is either 6115 // -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or 6116 // -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a 6117 // decltype-specifier, 6118 // a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue. 6119 6120 // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the 6121 // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any. 6122 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { 6123 ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr()); 6124 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 6125 return ExprError(); 6126 if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr()) 6127 return E; 6128 return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get()); 6129 } 6130 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6131 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 6132 ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS()); 6133 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 6134 return ExprError(); 6135 if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS()) 6136 return E; 6137 return new (Context) BinaryOperator( 6138 BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(), 6139 BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable()); 6140 } 6141 } 6142 6143 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E); 6144 CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr()) 6145 : nullptr; 6146 if (TopCall) 6147 E = TopCall; 6148 else 6149 TopBind = nullptr; 6150 6151 // Disable the special decltype handling now. 6152 ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false; 6153 6154 // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a 6155 // decltype expression. 6156 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 6157 return E; 6158 6159 // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point. 6160 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size(); 6161 I != N; ++I) { 6162 CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I]; 6163 if (Call == TopCall) 6164 continue; 6165 6166 if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context), 6167 Call->getLocStart(), 6168 Call, Call->getDirectCallee())) 6169 return ExprError(); 6170 } 6171 6172 // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible 6173 // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries. 6174 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size(); 6175 I != N; ++I) { 6176 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = 6177 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I]; 6178 if (Bind == TopBind) 6179 continue; 6180 6181 CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary(); 6182 6183 CXXRecordDecl *RD = 6184 Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 6185 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD); 6186 Temp->setDestructor(Destructor); 6187 6188 MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 6189 CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 6190 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 6191 << Bind->getType()); 6192 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc())) 6193 return ExprError(); 6194 6195 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 6196 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 6197 } 6198 6199 // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr. 6200 return E; 6201 } 6202 6203 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access. 6204 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S, 6205 ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) { 6206 unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0; 6207 // FIXME: Make this configurable? 6208 unsigned Limit = 9; 6209 if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) { 6210 // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note. 6211 SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2; 6212 SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1); 6213 } 6214 6215 for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) { 6216 if (I == SkipStart) { 6217 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), 6218 diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed) 6219 << SkipCount; 6220 I += SkipCount; 6221 } else { 6222 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here) 6223 << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType(); 6224 ++I; 6225 } 6226 } 6227 } 6228 6229 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6230 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6231 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6232 ParsedType &ObjectType, 6233 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) { 6234 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 6235 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base); 6236 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 6237 Base = Result.get(); 6238 6239 Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 6240 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 6241 Base = Result.get(); 6242 6243 QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); 6244 MayBePseudoDestructor = false; 6245 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { 6246 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator, 6247 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still 6248 // have enough information about that type to do something useful. 6249 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) 6250 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) 6251 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 6252 6253 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6254 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6255 return Base; 6256 } 6257 6258 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8: 6259 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value 6260 // returned, with the original second operand. 6261 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 6262 QualType StartingType = BaseType; 6263 bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false; 6264 bool FirstIteration = true; 6265 FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); 6266 // The set of types we've considered so far. 6267 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes; 6268 SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows; 6269 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType)); 6270 6271 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) { 6272 if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) { 6273 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded) 6274 << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange(); 6275 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 6276 Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth) 6277 << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth; 6278 return ExprError(); 6279 } 6280 6281 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr( 6282 S, Base, OpLoc, 6283 // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration, 6284 // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a 6285 // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here 6286 // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself. 6287 (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6288 ? nullptr 6289 : &NoArrowOperatorFound); 6290 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6291 if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { 6292 if (FirstIteration) { 6293 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 6294 << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange() 6295 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 6296 OpKind = tok::period; 6297 break; 6298 } 6299 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) 6300 << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); 6301 CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base); 6302 if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) { 6303 Diag(CD->getLocStart(), 6304 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow); 6305 } 6306 } 6307 return ExprError(); 6308 } 6309 Base = Result.get(); 6310 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base)) 6311 OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()); 6312 BaseType = Base->getType(); 6313 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType); 6314 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) { 6315 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType; 6316 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 6317 return ExprError(); 6318 } 6319 FirstIteration = false; 6320 } 6321 6322 if (OpKind == tok::arrow && 6323 (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) 6324 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 6325 } 6326 6327 // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types, 6328 // so adjust the base type to the object type itself. 6329 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6330 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 6331 6332 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 6333 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar 6334 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete 6335 // postfix-expression. 6336 // 6337 // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name. 6338 // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor 6339 // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and 6340 // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor 6341 // call. We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process, 6342 // so just skip this check for ObjC types. 6343 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { 6344 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6345 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6346 return Base; 6347 } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) { 6348 ObjectType = nullptr; 6349 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6350 return Base; 6351 } 6352 6353 // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or 6354 // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3: 6355 // Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to 6356 // be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside 6357 // the member function body. 6358 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && 6359 !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) && 6360 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access)) 6361 return ExprError(); 6362 6363 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 6364 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an 6365 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class 6366 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked 6367 // up in the scope of class C. [...] 6368 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6369 return Base; 6370 } 6371 6372 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base, 6373 tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) { 6374 if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6375 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 6376 if (result.isInvalid()) return true; 6377 Base = result.get(); 6378 } 6379 ObjectType = Base->getType(); 6380 6381 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6382 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The 6383 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type. 6384 // This scalar type is the object type. 6385 // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the 6386 // arrow operator. 6387 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 6388 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 6389 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 6390 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) { 6391 // The user wrote "p->" when they probably meant "p."; fix it. 6392 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 6393 << ObjectType << true 6394 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 6395 if (S.isSFINAEContext()) 6396 return true; 6397 6398 OpKind = tok::period; 6399 } 6400 } 6401 6402 return false; 6403 } 6404 6405 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 6406 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6407 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6408 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6409 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo, 6410 SourceLocation CCLoc, 6411 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6412 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) { 6413 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo(); 6414 6415 QualType ObjectType; 6416 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6417 return ExprError(); 6418 6419 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() && 6420 !ObjectType->isVectorType()) { 6421 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType()) 6422 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange(); 6423 else { 6424 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar) 6425 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange(); 6426 return ExprError(); 6427 } 6428 } 6429 6430 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6431 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type 6432 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type. 6433 if (DestructedTypeInfo) { 6434 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType(); 6435 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart 6436 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(); 6437 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) { 6438 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) { 6439 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 6440 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 6441 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6442 6443 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 6444 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6445 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 6446 DestructedTypeStart); 6447 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6448 } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() != 6449 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) { 6450 6451 if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 6452 // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified 6453 // type. 6454 } else { 6455 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals) 6456 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 6457 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6458 } 6459 6460 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 6461 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6462 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 6463 DestructedTypeStart); 6464 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6465 } 6466 } 6467 } 6468 6469 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6470 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the 6471 // form 6472 // 6473 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name 6474 // 6475 // shall designate the same scalar type. 6476 if (ScopeTypeInfo) { 6477 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType(); 6478 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() && 6479 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) { 6480 6481 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(), 6482 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 6483 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange() 6484 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6485 6486 ScopeType = QualType(); 6487 ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6488 } 6489 } 6490 6491 Expr *Result 6492 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base, 6493 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc, 6494 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 6495 ScopeTypeInfo, 6496 CCLoc, 6497 TildeLoc, 6498 Destructed); 6499 6500 return Result; 6501 } 6502 6503 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6504 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6505 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6506 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6507 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 6508 SourceLocation CCLoc, 6509 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6510 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) { 6511 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6512 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6513 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6514 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6515 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6516 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6517 6518 QualType ObjectType; 6519 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6520 return ExprError(); 6521 6522 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only 6523 // record types and dependent types matter. 6524 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup; 6525 if (!SS.isSet()) { 6526 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 6527 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType); 6528 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType()) 6529 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy); 6530 } 6531 6532 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a 6533 // type (with source-location information). 6534 QualType DestructedType; 6535 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr; 6536 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed; 6537 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6538 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6539 SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6540 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 6541 if (!T && 6542 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || 6543 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) { 6544 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we 6545 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and 6546 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at 6547 // template instantiation time. 6548 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6549 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6550 } else if (!T) { 6551 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6552 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6553 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6554 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6555 return ExprError(); 6556 6557 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6558 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6559 } else 6560 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo); 6561 } else { 6562 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6563 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId; 6564 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6565 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6566 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6567 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6568 TemplateId->Template, 6569 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6570 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6571 TemplateArgsPtr, 6572 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6573 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6574 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6575 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6576 } else 6577 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo); 6578 } 6579 6580 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source 6581 // information. 6582 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) { 6583 if (!DestructedTypeInfo) 6584 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType, 6585 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6586 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6587 } 6588 6589 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type. 6590 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6591 QualType ScopeType; 6592 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6593 FirstTypeName.Identifier) { 6594 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6595 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier, 6596 FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6597 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 6598 if (!T) { 6599 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6600 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6601 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6602 6603 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6604 return ExprError(); 6605 6606 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway. 6607 ScopeType = QualType(); 6608 } else 6609 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo); 6610 } else { 6611 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6612 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId; 6613 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6614 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6615 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6616 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6617 TemplateId->Template, 6618 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6619 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6620 TemplateArgsPtr, 6621 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6622 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6623 // Recover by dropping this type. 6624 ScopeType = QualType(); 6625 } else 6626 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo); 6627 } 6628 } 6629 6630 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo) 6631 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType, 6632 FirstTypeName.StartLocation); 6633 6634 6635 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS, 6636 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc, 6637 Destructed); 6638 } 6639 6640 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6641 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6642 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6643 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6644 const DeclSpec& DS) { 6645 QualType ObjectType; 6646 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6647 return ExprError(); 6648 6649 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), 6650 false); 6651 6652 TypeLocBuilder TLB; 6653 DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T); 6654 DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 6655 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T); 6656 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo); 6657 6658 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(), 6659 nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc, 6660 Destructed); 6661 } 6662 6663 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 6664 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 6665 bool HadMultipleCandidates) { 6666 if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() && 6667 Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) { 6668 // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument 6669 // is a LambdaExpr. 6670 Expr *SubE = E; 6671 CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE); 6672 if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 6673 SubE = CE->getSubExpr(); 6674 SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens(); 6675 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE)) 6676 SubE = BE->getSubExpr(); 6677 if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) { 6678 // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we 6679 // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make 6680 // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal 6681 // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being 6682 // autoreleased. 6683 DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags); 6684 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated); 6685 ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(), 6686 E->getExprLoc(), 6687 Method, E); 6688 PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 6689 6690 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6691 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv); 6692 return Exp; 6693 } 6694 } 6695 6696 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, 6697 FoundDecl, Method); 6698 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6699 return true; 6700 6701 MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr( 6702 Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(), 6703 Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary); 6704 if (HadMultipleCandidates) 6705 ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); 6706 MarkMemberReferenced(ME); 6707 6708 QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); 6709 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); 6710 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); 6711 6712 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = 6713 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK, 6714 Exp.get()->getLocEnd()); 6715 return CE; 6716 } 6717 6718 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 6719 SourceLocation RParen) { 6720 // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill- 6721 // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used 6722 // without arguments except in explicit contexts. 6723 ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand); 6724 if (R.isInvalid()) 6725 return R; 6726 6727 // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type. 6728 Operand = R.get(); 6729 6730 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6731 Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) { 6732 // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression 6733 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 6734 Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 6735 } 6736 6737 CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand); 6738 return new (Context) 6739 CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen); 6740 } 6741 6742 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation, 6743 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) { 6744 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen); 6745 } 6746 6747 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) { 6748 // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special, 6749 // according to [expr]p10: 6750 // The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the 6751 // expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has 6752 // one of the following forms: 6753 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6754 6755 // - id-expression (5.1.1), 6756 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6757 return true; 6758 6759 // - subscripting (5.2.1), 6760 if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) 6761 return true; 6762 6763 // - class member access (5.2.5), 6764 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) 6765 return true; 6766 6767 // - indirection (5.3.1), 6768 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) 6769 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) 6770 return true; 6771 6772 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6773 // - pointer-to-member operation (5.5), 6774 if (BO->isPtrMemOp()) 6775 return true; 6776 6777 // - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above. 6778 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) 6779 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS()); 6780 } 6781 6782 // - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third 6783 // operands are one of the above, or 6784 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) 6785 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) && 6786 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6787 // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x". 6788 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 6789 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6790 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr())) 6791 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) && 6792 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 6793 } 6794 6795 // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule. 6796 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) 6797 return true; 6798 6799 return false; 6800 } 6801 6802 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a 6803 /// context that ignores the result. 6804 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) { 6805 if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6806 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 6807 if (result.isInvalid()) return E; 6808 E = result.get(); 6809 } 6810 6811 // C99 6.3.2.1: 6812 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have 6813 // array type is converted to the value stored in the 6814 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue). 6815 if (E->isRValue()) { 6816 // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type) 6817 // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay 6818 // on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for 6819 // some clients. 6820 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType()) 6821 return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); 6822 6823 return E; 6824 } 6825 6826 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6827 // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression; 6828 // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a 6829 // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue 6830 // conversion. 6831 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() && 6832 E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && 6833 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) { 6834 ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); 6835 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6836 return E; 6837 E = Res.get(); 6838 } 6839 6840 // C++1z: 6841 // If the expression is a prvalue after this optional conversion, the 6842 // temporary materialization conversion is applied. 6843 // 6844 // We skip this step: IR generation is able to synthesize the storage for 6845 // itself in the aggregate case, and adding the extra node to the AST is 6846 // just clutter. 6847 // FIXME: We don't emit lifetime markers for the temporaries due to this. 6848 // FIXME: Do any other AST consumers care about this? 6849 return E; 6850 } 6851 6852 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type. 6853 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6854 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) { 6855 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug! 6856 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get(); 6857 return E; 6858 } 6859 } 6860 6861 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); 6862 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6863 return E; 6864 E = Res.get(); 6865 6866 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType()) 6867 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), 6868 diag::err_incomplete_type); 6869 return E; 6870 } 6871 6872 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used 6873 // in a constant expression, return true. 6874 // - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then 6875 // we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression. 6876 // - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether 6877 // it can be used to initialize a constant expression. If Init can not 6878 // be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can 6879 // never be a constant expression. 6880 // - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and 6881 // identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor: 6882 // - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new 6883 // delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc... 6884 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var, 6885 ASTContext &Context) { 6886 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true; 6887 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr; 6888 6889 // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression. 6890 if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true; 6891 assert(DefVD); 6892 if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false; 6893 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt(); 6894 6895 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value); 6896 6897 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) { 6898 // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts 6899 // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the 6900 // initializer is a potential constant expression. 6901 return false; 6902 } 6903 6904 return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context); 6905 } 6906 6907 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures 6908 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to 6909 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested 6910 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so. Also, check to see if any 6911 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not 6912 /// need to be captured. 6913 6914 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures( 6915 Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) { 6916 6917 assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext()); 6918 assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext()); 6919 #ifndef NDEBUG 6920 DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 6921 while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC)) 6922 DC = DC->getParent(); 6923 assert( 6924 CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC && 6925 "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext"); 6926 #endif // NDEBUG 6927 6928 const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent(); 6929 6930 ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef( 6931 S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size()); 6932 6933 // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested 6934 // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an 6935 // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context. 6936 const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures = 6937 CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures(); 6938 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) { 6939 Expr *VarExpr = nullptr; 6940 VarDecl *Var = nullptr; 6941 CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr); 6942 // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full 6943 // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not 6944 // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures. 6945 // For e.g.: 6946 // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured. 6947 // int test() { 6948 // const int x = 10; 6949 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6950 // (void) +x + a; 6951 // }; 6952 // } 6953 if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) && 6954 !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent) 6955 continue; 6956 6957 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and 6958 // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6959 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6960 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6961 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) { 6962 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6963 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S, 6964 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6965 } 6966 const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression = 6967 VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context); 6968 if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) { 6969 // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable 6970 // can not be used in a constant expression - which means 6971 // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a 6972 // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable. 6973 // This is purely for diagnosing errors early. Otherwise, this 6974 // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready. 6975 QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; 6976 SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc(); 6977 if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6978 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6979 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType, 6980 DeclRefType, nullptr)) { 6981 // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need 6982 // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it. 6983 S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6984 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6985 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType, 6986 DeclRefType, nullptr); 6987 } 6988 } 6989 } 6990 6991 // Check if 'this' needs to be captured. 6992 if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) { 6993 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture 6994 // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6995 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6996 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6997 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) { 6998 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6999 S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation, 7000 /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, 7001 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 7002 } 7003 } 7004 7005 // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression. 7006 CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures(); 7007 } 7008 7009 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef, 7010 const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer, 7011 const TypoCorrection &TC) { 7012 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(), 7013 Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind()); 7014 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS(); 7015 CXXScopeSpec NewSS; 7016 7017 // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr. 7018 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 7019 NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange()); 7020 else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier()) 7021 NewSS = *SS; 7022 7023 if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) { 7024 R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName()); 7025 R.addDecl(ND); 7026 if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) { 7027 // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult. 7028 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 7029 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 7030 Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 7031 if (!Record) 7032 Record = 7033 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); 7034 if (Record) 7035 R.setNamingClass(Record); 7036 7037 // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit 7038 // member. 7039 bool MightBeImplicitMember; 7040 if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand()) 7041 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 7042 else if (!NewSS.isEmpty()) 7043 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 7044 else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) 7045 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 7046 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) 7047 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 7048 else 7049 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) || 7050 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) || 7051 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND); 7052 7053 if (MightBeImplicitMember) 7054 return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( 7055 NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R, 7056 /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr); 7057 } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { 7058 return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(), 7059 Ivar->getIdentifier()); 7060 } 7061 } 7062 7063 return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false, 7064 /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true); 7065 } 7066 7067 namespace { 7068 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> { 7069 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs; 7070 7071 public: 7072 explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs) 7073 : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {} 7074 bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) { 7075 TypoExprs.insert(TE); 7076 return true; 7077 } 7078 }; 7079 7080 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> { 7081 typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform; 7082 7083 VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the 7084 // process of being initialized. 7085 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter; 7086 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs; 7087 llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache; 7088 llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution; 7089 7090 /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered. 7091 /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should 7092 /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest 7093 /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection). 7094 void EmitAllDiagnostics() { 7095 for (auto E : TypoExprs) { 7096 TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E); 7097 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 7098 if (State.DiagHandler) { 7099 TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection(); 7100 ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE]; 7101 7102 // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the 7103 // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right 7104 // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload 7105 // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that 7106 // had been stored in the TypoCorrection. 7107 if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr( 7108 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get())) 7109 TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND); 7110 7111 State.DiagHandler(TC); 7112 } 7113 SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE); 7114 } 7115 } 7116 7117 /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a 7118 /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against 7119 /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing 7120 /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second 7121 /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted, 7122 /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a 7123 /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the 7124 /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations 7125 /// of corrections. 7126 bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() { 7127 for (auto TE : TypoExprs) { 7128 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 7129 TransformCache.erase(TE); 7130 if (!State.Consumer->finished()) 7131 return true; 7132 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 7133 } 7134 return false; 7135 } 7136 7137 NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { 7138 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E)) 7139 E = OverloadResolution[OE]; 7140 7141 if (!E) 7142 return nullptr; 7143 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 7144 return DRE->getFoundDecl(); 7145 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) 7146 return ME->getFoundDecl(); 7147 // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo 7148 // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could 7149 // contain multiple decls. 7150 return nullptr; 7151 } 7152 7153 ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) { 7154 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7155 ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E); 7156 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid()) 7157 return ExprError(); 7158 7159 return ExprFilter(Res.get()); 7160 } 7161 7162 public: 7163 TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) 7164 : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {} 7165 7166 ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7167 MultiExprArg Args, 7168 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 7169 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) { 7170 auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args, 7171 RParenLoc, ExecConfig); 7172 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) { 7173 if (Result.isUsable()) { 7174 Expr *ResultCall = Result.get(); 7175 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall)) 7176 ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr(); 7177 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall)) 7178 OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee(); 7179 } 7180 } 7181 return Result; 7182 } 7183 7184 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 7185 7186 ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 7187 7188 ExprResult TransformObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *E) { 7189 return Owned(E); 7190 } 7191 7192 ExprResult TransformObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *E) { 7193 return Owned(E); 7194 } 7195 7196 ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) { 7197 ExprResult Res; 7198 while (true) { 7199 Res = TryTransform(E); 7200 7201 // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs 7202 // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates.. 7203 if (!Res.isInvalid() || 7204 !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams()) 7205 break; 7206 } 7207 7208 // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates 7209 // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters. 7210 // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when 7211 // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction. 7212 // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when 7213 // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will 7214 // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction 7215 // candidates and add little to no value if corrected. 7216 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; 7217 while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) { 7218 auto TE = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back(); 7219 auto Cached = TransformCache[TE]; 7220 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 7221 State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition(); 7222 TransformCache.erase(TE); 7223 if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) { 7224 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 7225 TransformCache.erase(TE); 7226 Res = ExprError(); 7227 break; 7228 } 7229 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE); 7230 State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition(); 7231 TransformCache[TE] = Cached; 7232 } 7233 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false; 7234 7235 // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found. 7236 if (!Res.isUsable()) 7237 FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E); 7238 7239 EmitAllDiagnostics(); 7240 7241 return Res; 7242 } 7243 7244 ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) { 7245 // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the 7246 // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the 7247 // first one that was encountered. 7248 auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E]; 7249 if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) { 7250 return CacheEntry; 7251 } 7252 7253 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E); 7254 assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr"); 7255 7256 // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely 7257 // typo correction and return it. 7258 while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) { 7259 if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl) 7260 continue; 7261 // FIXME: If we would typo-correct to an invalid declaration, it's 7262 // probably best to just suppress all errors from this typo correction. 7263 ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ? 7264 State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) : 7265 attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC); 7266 if (!NE.isInvalid()) { 7267 // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same 7268 // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous 7269 // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later. 7270 TypoCorrection Next; 7271 if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) && 7272 Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) { 7273 AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E); 7274 } else { 7275 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E); 7276 } 7277 assert(!NE.isUnset() && 7278 "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult"); 7279 return CacheEntry = NE; 7280 } 7281 } 7282 return CacheEntry = ExprError(); 7283 } 7284 }; 7285 } 7286 7287 ExprResult 7288 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl, 7289 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { 7290 // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos 7291 // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to 7292 // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression. 7293 if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos && 7294 (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || 7295 E->isInstantiationDependent())) { 7296 auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos; 7297 assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr"); 7298 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U; 7299 auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size(); 7300 auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E); 7301 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext; 7302 TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size(); 7303 if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) { 7304 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved; 7305 return Result; 7306 } 7307 assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?"); 7308 } 7309 return E; 7310 } 7311 7312 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC, 7313 bool DiscardedValue, 7314 bool IsConstexpr, 7315 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) { 7316 ExprResult FullExpr = FE; 7317 7318 if (!FullExpr.get()) 7319 return ExprError(); 7320 7321 // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not 7322 // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr 7323 // containing full-expression is done). 7324 // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) { 7325 // test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now. 7326 // return a; 7327 // }() ...); 7328 // } 7329 // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope 7330 // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not 7331 // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a 7332 // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a 7333 // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a 7334 // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the 7335 // parser/instantiation has got to). 7336 if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer && 7337 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get())) 7338 return ExprError(); 7339 7340 // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 7341 if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 7342 FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7343 FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType()); 7344 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7345 return ExprError(); 7346 } 7347 7348 if (DiscardedValue) { 7349 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get()); 7350 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7351 return ExprError(); 7352 7353 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get()); 7354 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7355 return ExprError(); 7356 } 7357 7358 FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get()); 7359 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7360 return ExprError(); 7361 7362 CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr); 7363 7364 // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested 7365 // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda, 7366 // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it. 7367 // Consider the following code: 7368 // void f(int, int); 7369 // void f(const int&, double); 7370 // void foo() { 7371 // const int x = 10, y = 20; 7372 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 7373 // auto M = [=](auto b) { 7374 // f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M 7375 // f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms 7376 // }; 7377 // }; 7378 // } 7379 7380 // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves 7381 // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures: 7382 // void f() { 7383 // const int n = 0; 7384 // auto L = [&](auto a) { 7385 // +n + ({ 0; a; }); 7386 // }; 7387 // } 7388 // 7389 // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't 7390 // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures), 7391 // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late 7392 // for us to see that we need to capture n after all. 7393 7394 LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = 7395 getCurLambda(/*IgnoreCapturedRegions=*/true); 7396 // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer 7397 // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report 7398 // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony. 7399 // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator 7400 // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture 7401 // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that 7402 // PR, a proper fix would entail : 7403 // "Alternative suggestion: 7404 // - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope 7405 // index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to 7406 // FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's 7407 // constructor/destructor. 7408 // - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to 7409 // stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope." 7410 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 7411 while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC)) 7412 DC = DC->getParent(); 7413 const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(DC); 7414 if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI && 7415 CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7416 CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI, 7417 *this); 7418 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr); 7419 } 7420 7421 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) { 7422 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError(); 7423 7424 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt); 7425 } 7426 7427 Sema::IfExistsResult 7428 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, 7429 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7430 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) { 7431 DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName(); 7432 if (!TargetName) 7433 return IER_DoesNotExist; 7434 7435 // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent. 7436 if (TargetName.isDependentName()) 7437 return IER_Dependent; 7438 7439 // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope. 7440 LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName, 7441 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 7442 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 7443 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 7444 7445 switch (R.getResultKind()) { 7446 case LookupResult::Found: 7447 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 7448 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 7449 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 7450 return IER_Exists; 7451 7452 case LookupResult::NotFound: 7453 return IER_DoesNotExist; 7454 7455 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 7456 return IER_Dependent; 7457 } 7458 7459 llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!"); 7460 } 7461 7462 Sema::IfExistsResult 7463 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 7464 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7465 UnqualifiedId &Name) { 7466 DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name); 7467 7468 // Check for an unexpanded parameter pack. 7469 auto UPPC = IsIfExists ? UPPC_IfExists : UPPC_IfNotExists; 7470 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SS, UPPC) || 7471 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TargetNameInfo, UPPC)) 7472 return IER_Error; 7473 7474 return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo); 7475 } 7476